Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Incitec Pivot Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited

ipl · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker ipl
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Incitec Pivot Limited
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
  A N N U A L   R E P O R T  2 0 1 6

GLOBAL DIVERSIFIED INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS

OUR OPERATIONS

Tirana
Bucharest
Ankara
Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)
New Delhi
Hong Kong

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

SOUTH
AFRICA

Sibolga
Tanjung Tabalong
Jakarta
Batu Kajang

Port Hedland
Mt Isa
Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie
Perth
Port Adelaide
Portland

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)
Johannesburg (DetNet)

e

e

e

e

a

Cover photograph: New IPL World Class Ammonia Plant, Louisiana USA

e

e

Muara Tuhup
Tenggarong
Berau
PAPUA NEW GUINEA

e

e

Papua New Guinea

INDONESIA

e

a

Moranbah
Townsville

AUSTRALIA

e

i

e

Moura
(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island
Helidon
Kooragang Island
Warkworth

Melbourne
Geelong
Devonport

VISION STATEMENT

To be the best in our markets, 

delivering Zero Harm and 
outstanding business performance 

through our people, our culture 

and our customer focus. 

Ekati

Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon

e

Tumbler Ridge

Calgary

Biwabik

St Helens

Barry

Salt Lake City

Cheyenne

Carthage

a

e

e

a

e

i

a

i

Louisiana, Missouri

Waggaman, Louisiana

Dinamita

Gomez Palacios

Guadalajara

e

USA

MEXICO

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming

North Bay

Maitland

Boisbriand

Ormstown

Simsbury

Donora

Duffield

Van Wyck

Brooksville

Graham

Wolf Lake

LATIN

AMERICA

La Serena

i

Santiago

Tirana

Bucharest

Ankara

Soma

i e

TURKEY

CHINA

PAKISTAN

INDIA

i

Linyi (Fabchem)

New Delhi

Hong Kong

e

e

e

Muara Tuhup

Tenggarong

Berau

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

SOUTH

AFRICA

i

i

Johannesburg (SASOL Dyno Nobel)

Johannesburg (DetNet)

Batu Arang (TKEB)

i

Sibolga

Tanjung Tabalong

Jakarta

Batu Kajang

e

e

e

a

Port Hedland

e

Mt Isa

Phosphate Hill

Kalgoorlie

Perth

Port Adelaide

Portland

INDONESIA

AUSTRALIA

e

Papua New Guinea

e

a

Moranbah

Townsville

e

Moura

(Queensland Nitrates)

Gibson Island

Helidon

Kooragang Island

Warkworth

i

e

Melbourne

Geelong

Devonport

Ekati
Diavik

e

e

CANADA

Flin Flon
Tumbler Ridge
Calgary
Biwabik
St Helens
Barry
Salt Lake City
Cheyenne
Carthage
Louisiana, Missouri
Waggaman, Louisiana
Dinamita
Gomez Palacios
Guadalajara

e

e

a

e

i

a

i

e

a

e

USA

MEXICO

e

Meadowbank

e

e

a

e

i

a

e

e

e

i

i

Ishpeming
North Bay
Maitland
Boisbriand
Ormstown
Simsbury

Donora
Duffield
Van Wyck
Brooksville
Graham
Wolf Lake

LATIN
AMERICA

La Serena
Santiago

i

Incitec Pivot Limited

Company Headquarters

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Quantum Fertilisers

Dyno Nobel

Corporate Office
Manufacturing/Distribution
Joint Ventures/Investments

Manufacturing legend

i

e

Initiation
Emulsion

ANa
a Long term AN supplier

CONTENTS

Chairman’s Report  

Managing Director’s Report  

Board of Directors  

Executive Team 

Sustainability Report 

Directors’ Report 
–  Remuneration Report 

Financial Report  

ii

iv

vi

vii

viii

1 
24

44

Chairman’s Report

I am pleased to report to shareholders  
as Chairman of Incitec Pivot Limited, 
following a year of market challenges  
and change.

As always I will start with our number 
one priority, that being Safety. Back in 
2012, when we introduced our five year 
safety strategy to drive Zero Harm 
globally across IPL, we set a target  
to achieve a Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (TRIFR) of less than  
1.0 by 2016. We achieved this target  
a year early in 2015 and have had a 
comparable performance in 2016, with 
our TRIFR for 2016 standing at 0.76, 
compared to 1.38 in 2012.

Other safety indicators in 2016 have 
been even better. Two particularly 
important ones, the Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate and the Employee Lost 
Day Severity Rate, have decreased by 
61% and 70% respectively during the 
past twelve months.

These are excellent performances  
and reflect the fact that safety is a 
fundamental part of our culture and is 
being embraced as such at all locations 
and all levels within IPL. Notwithstanding 
that, safety is one area in which we can 
never feel complacent or even satisfied 
and it will remain the first agenda item 
at all board meetings and site visits.

Our safety focus was also clearly 
demonstrated throughout construction 
of our new world scale ammonia plant 
in Waggaman, Louisiana. While the 
project is notable for a number of 
milestones, it is the safety outcome that 
was most pleasing. Five million work 
hours were completed on this project 
without a single Lost Time Injury. This is 
a commendable result and is testament 
to our close partnership with construction 
partner KBR Inc. and our onsite 
neighbour, Cornerstone Chemical 
Company Inc.

ii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Manufacturing performance in 2016 

has been outstanding across the Group.

Turning to the Company’s financials, 
there is no denying the fact that 2016 
was a very difficult year for us and for a 
number of our customers. In the 
fertilisers business we suffered from the 
impact of lower global commodity 
prices, particularly Diammonium 
Phosphate (DAP) and Urea which were 
respectively 23.2% and 29.5% lower on 
average than in 2015. In explosives, 
structural changes in US coal markets 
and a cyclical oversupply of ammonium 
nitrate in Asia Pacific and the Americas 
put pressure on volumes and margins. 
Despite some compensation from a 
number of positive factors, the Group 
result was a reduction in underlying 
Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) 
to $428.1 million compared with $576.5 
million in 2015. Net Profit After Tax 
(NPAT), excluding Individually Material 
Items (IMIs) and minority interests was 
$295.2 million, compared to $398.6 
million in the prior year. 

The Group balance sheet remains strong, 
with leverage as at 30 September 2016 
inside the target range of less than 2.5x 
Net Debt/EBITDA notwithstanding the 
Louisiana ammonia project spend. 
Importantly, we have maintained our 
investment grade credit rating through 
the period of construction of the 
Louisiana plant. The Company has a 
range of debt facilities in place to fund 
its operations and strong liquidity with in 
excess of $800 million of undrawn 
committed debt facilities.

In the current environment, it is 
pointless to bemoan the factors  
beyond our control. Instead, we need to 
devote all of our energies to controlling 
the factors we can control. Two items 
which fit into this category are the 
efficiency of our manufacturing 
operations and the structure and  
cost base of our businesses.

Manufacturing performance in 2016  
has been outstanding across the  
Group, with particularly noteworthy 
performances at Moranbah, where  
we achieved record production, and 
Phosphate Hill, where we achieved 
near record production, despite the 
December 2015 train derailment.

At the same time we have reviewed 
our structure and cost base to ensure 
that these are the most appropriate to 
the world in which we now operate. 
Applying our Business Excellence (BEx) 
philosophy, we have commenced an 
Organisation Focussed Improvement 
Program with the target of achieving 
$100 million of annual cash savings.

As shareholders would expect, we  
have carefully reviewed our Company 
strategy and we believe it continues to 
be the correct one, notwithstanding 
some of the structural and cyclical 
changes facing our industries and our 
customers. As a global diversified 
chemicals company, we will continue to 
leverage our manufacturing excellence 
to capitalise on opportunities, 
particularly those driven by the 
industrialisation and urbanisation of 
China, which will continue to be a  
long term growth story, and those 
opportunities driven by longer term 
economic sources of gas in the  
United States. 

The most significant of the United 
States opportunities has been our 
US$850 million investment in 
construction of an ammonia plant at 
Waggaman, Louisiana. This was a major 
investment decision in 2013, which 
made it tremendously gratifying for the 
Board to be able to visit Louisiana in 
September this year to celebrate 
completion of construction on time  
and under budget. 

Governor John Bel Edwards and representatives from the State of Louisiana, Louisiana Economic Development and the 
IPL Board marking the completion of construction of the ammonia plant at Waggaman, Louisiana.

The Louisiana plant is anchored around 
taking first mover advantage of the 
shale gas revolution in the US and 
positions our Company to significantly 
increase earnings and cash flows from 
our Dyno Nobel business in the US  
from 2017.

Successful completion of the  
Louisiana plant is a tribute to many 
people and organisations with whom 
we have worked over the past three 
years. Within IPL, I would particularly 
like to recognise James Fazzino and his 
Executive Team for their foresight in 
identifying the strategic opportunity  
and for their drive and commitment  
in seeing the project through to 
completion.

A priority of the Board is to ensure we 
engage with our customers, understand 
new innovations and continue our 
understanding of the industry dynamics 
in our key markets. While in the US to 
mark the completion of construction of 
the Louisiana plant, the Board also met 
with our major joint venture partners 
who, along with Dyno Nobel, 
participated in MINExpo International 
2016, the largest mining trade show of 
its kind in the world. 

We were able to hear and see first-hand 
from our business partners, a range of 
solutions that make it possible for the 
mining industry to meet the challenges 
and capitalise on the opportunities in a 
rapidly changing world in need of 
metals, minerals and energy. These 
solutions include imaginative new 
products and services and innovative 
technologies. What I drew from this was 
that our innovation in new products in 
industrial blasting is world class and, 
more importantly, is aligned with 
customer needs and expectations. 

I would like to take this opportunity to 
thank my fellow Board members for 
their contributions in 2016. Sadly, we 
will be farewelling John Marlay, who 
will retire as a director of the Company 
at the conclusion of the 2016 Annual 
General Meeting. John has been a 
significant support and major 
contributor in the past ten years and we 
wish him well in his future endeavours. 

The Board, through the Nominations 
Committee, is conducting a search for a 
new non-executive director and will be 
prioritising candidates with appropriate 
experience in the United States. This 
will complement our mix of diversity, 
skills and attributes in line with the 
Company strategy of driving a greater 
proportion of the Company’s earnings 
from the US. 

I would also like to thank James 
Fazzino, his Executive Team and the 
4,500 employees in our Company 
globally. In a difficult environment,  
their efforts have been outstanding.

Going forward into 2017, we will 
continue to face structural and cyclical 
challenges. The test for our Board and 
Executive Team will be our ability to 
anticipate and respond to these 
changes. I am confident that we  
have the people, the assets and the 
flexibility to allow us to do that.

Paul Brasher 
Chairman

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

iii

Managing Director’s Report

The completion of the Louisiana ammonia plant 

now positions IPL as a truly global diversified 

industrial chemicals company.

I am pleased to present my 8th report  
as Managing Director and CEO. 

Like the Chairman, I begin my report 
with safety. Safety is fundamental to our 
right to operate and is at the forefront of 
everything we do. Our commitment to 
“Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” is 
underpinned by our belief that injuries 
and illnesses are preventable and that 
conducting business safely must be a key 
priority of all our employees, contractors, 
vendors and business partners. 

Looking across our safety scorecard in 
2016, IPL achieved outstanding results, 
not only in respect of our performance 
across key safety metrics such as injury 
severity and lost time injury frequency, 
where we recorded significant reductions 
from 2015, but also in relation to our 
progress in embedding the core safety 
processes which have set the foundation 
for driving a step change in process 
safety management. 

These results are the product of the five 
year Global HSE Strategy which we 
adopted in 2012. Through this strategy  
we have embedded a culture of safety 
leadership across all our plants and 
operations, led by the Executive Team 
who, collectively, spent over 100 days on 
site safety visits during the year. More 
specifically, the manufacturing leadership 
team spent almost 400 days on site 
safety visits over the past 12 months.

Equally significant was the safety 
performance during the construction  
of our world scale ammonia plant in 
Louisiana, which is discussed later in  
this report. 

While 2016 has been a year of significant 
achievement and progress, we must 
continue to remain vigilant in our focus 
on Zero Harm. Importantly, we will 
continue to apply our culture of 
continuous improvement through 
Business Excellence (BEx) to drive 
improvement in our safety performance 
and processes, recognising that safety is 
at the forefront of everything we do. 

iv

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

The past year has seen significant 
cyclical and structural change in our 
markets including explosives, industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers and, as a result, 
Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) decreased by 
$271 million to $128 million. In 2016, 
cyclical and structural factors, including 
commodity prices, impacted Earnings 
Before Interest & Tax (EBIT) by $231 
million, which we partly offset by a  
$71 million positive contribution through 
focusing on our internal productivity and 
continuous improvements driven by BEx.

As our business is subject to commodity 
price fluctuations, we have deep 
experience in managing ‘through the 
cycle’. Our experience has demonstrated 
that, in these tough conditions, you must 
dig deep in ‘controlling the controllables’. 
Specifically for IPL, this means focusing 
on Zero Harm (as outlined above); BEx 
efficiencies and productivity benefits; 
and manufacturing performance.

In 2013, we launched the IPL Business 
System for continuous and focussed 
improvement – BEx, leveraging lean 
manufacturing principles. BEx has 
delivered over $162 million in net 
benefits since inception, $71 million of 
which were delivered in 2016. In early 
2016, we accelerated our response to 
the current market outlook by launching 
a global Organisation Focused 
Improvement (OFI) program, leveraging 
our BEx methodology to improve 
operating efficiencies and reduce costs. 
By 2017, IPL aims to deliver $80 million 
in operating efficiencies and $20 million 
reduction in capital expenditure from the 
BEx OFI program. This program also 
forms the foundation for IPL’s long term 
sustainable productivity benefits.

The Chairman has already outlined IPL’s 
outstanding manufacturing performance 
in 2016 at our Moranbah and Phosphate 
Hill sites. These results and those at our 
other manufacturing sites are testament 
to our people who work at the plants and 
their disciplined and rigorous approach to 
the ongoing evolution of BEx over the  
last 4 years. 

As I have stated previously, BEx is a 
journey and these results just set a new 
benchmark from which the teams will 
now measure their performance in their 
ongoing pursuit of increased efficiencies 
and productivity.

To highlight a few of the major 
achievements in manufacturing over  
the last 12 months:

•  Phosphate Hill produced 1,010,000 

tonnes of DAP/MAP despite the train 
derailment in December 2015. This 
included production records at several 
of the plants in the integrated 
Phosphate Hill/Mt Isa complex. It is 
also worth noting Phosphate Hill gas 
costs will reduce by $55 million in 
2019, as compared to today’s costs, as 
a result of the Northern Gas Pipeline 
contract which IPL signed in 
November 2015, including $20 million 
from the interim gas contract starting 
in January 2017.

•  Moranbah produced a record 344,700 
tonnes of ammonium nitrate in 2016, 
and, in May 2016, achieved the 
milestone of 1,000,000 tonnes of 
aggregate production since it was  
first commissioned.

•  Cheyenne also produced a record  

191,000 tonnes of ammonia in 2016. 

These results clearly demonstrate  
that the continuous improvement 
methodology underpinned by BEx is  
now firmly embedded in IPL’s culture.

IPL continues to be a financially 
disciplined organisation as demonstrated 
by the fact that credit metrics remained 
inside target range through the 
construction of the Louisiana plant and 
the structural/cyclical downturn in our 
core markets. Another highlight was the 
continued improvement in working 
capital across the Group.

New IPL world scale ammonia plant in Louisiana, USA.

2016 saw the continued transformation 
of IPL into a global diversified industrial 
chemicals company. Just 13 years ago IPL 
was a farmers’ cooperative, with the core 
business focused solely on the domestic 
Australian East Coast fertiliser market. 

The most recent step in the 
transformation of IPL has been the 
investment in the construction of our 
world scale ammonia plant in Louisiana, 
USA over the last three years. The 
highlight for me in 2016 was seeing the 
construction completed on time, under 
budget and – more importantly – with 
zero lost time injuries, and the 
subsequent commissioning of the plant. 
Based on this performance, IPL’s 
Louisiana ammonia plant project was 
benchmarked as being in the top 2% of 
construction projects in the world by a 
global management consultancy (by 
reference to schedule and cost for 
projects in the oil and gas, mining and 
chemical industries in excess of $1 
billion).

The completion of the Louisiana 
ammonia plant also now positions IPL  
as a truly global diversified industrial 
chemicals company. 

IPL’s strategy has been well documented 
and it is anchored around our exposure 
to the world’s two largest economies:

•  growth in demand for hard and  
soft commodities – driven by the 
industrialisation and urbanisation  
of China; and

•  the global energy disconnect – driven 
by the shale gas revolution in the US.

Given the composition of IPL’s business 
portfolio today, I believe we are more 
balanced due to the diversification we 
offer in terms of both geography and end 
market exposure:

•  From a geographic perspective, 

approximately half of the Group’s 
earnings are derived from Asia  
Pacific and, with the commissioning  
of our Louisiana ammonia plant,  
the other half will be derived from 
North America.

• 

In terms of end market exposures post 
Louisiana, approximately 50% of IPL’s 
exposure will be linked to explosives, 
approximately 30% to industrial 
chemicals, and the remaining 20% to 
fertilisers, with the largest contributor 
being the Louisiana ammonia plant.

Following the completion of our Louisiana 
ammonia plant, strategically we now 
have more options in relation to the 
future direction of our Company. However, 
as we have invested approximately $1 
billion in Australian assets and an 
equivalent amount in the US over the last 
five years, we clearly recognise the need 
to earn the right to grow.

Looking ahead to 2017, the market 
conditions may be just as challenging as 
in 2016. However, by continuing to focus 
on the assets we have and driving 
efficiencies from them, we are well 
placed to deliver acceptable returns at a 
low point in the cycle and exceptional 
returns when the cycle turns. 

My role as a ‘Male Champion of Change’, 
is reflective of the fact that diversity is 
very important to me. I believe that IPL 
will become a better company if we are 
more diverse. This starts with gender 
diversity. One third of my Executive Team 
now comprises women. However, we still 
have a long way to go with women 
comprising only 16% of our employees 
globally. For the year ahead, my Executive 
Team has again affirmed its support for 
diversity as a core priority and through 
IPL’s Diversity Program, IPL will continue 
to focus on ensuring that diversity 
considerations are built into our ongoing 
activities such that diversity becomes 
inherent to the way we do business. 
Further details of our progress and future 
plans for diversity are set out in IPL’s 
2016 Corporate Governance Statement. 

In closing, I would like to thank the 
Chairman and my fellow directors for 
their advice and support over the last 
year. In particular, I would like to express 
my gratitude to John Marlay, who is 
retiring from the Board. John and I have 
worked closely over many years and  
I have greatly valued his enormous 
contribution to the Company. 

I would also like to thank my colleagues 
on the Executive Team who are an 
outstanding group and the exceptional 
employees across the organisation. I 
firmly believe that we have the strategy 
and the team to continue to deliver 
shareholder value into the future.

James Fazzino  
Managing Director &  
Chief Executive Officer

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

v

Board of Directors

(L to r): Rebecca McGrath, Gregory Hayes, Graham Smorgon AM, John Marlay, Kathryn Fagg, Paul Brasher, James Fazzino

Rebecca McGrath  
BTP(Hons), MASc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Rebecca McGrath was appointed 
as a director on 15 September 
2011. Rebecca is Chairman of 
the Health, Safety, Environment 
and Community Committee and 
a member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee and 
the Nominations Committee.

Kathryn Fagg 
FTSE, BE(Hons), MCom(Hons), 
Hon.DBus(UNSW)

Non-executive director 

Kathryn Fagg was appointed as 
a director on 15 April 2014. 
Kathryn is a member of the 
Health, Safety, Environment and 
Community Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee.

Gregory Hayes  
MAppFin, GradDipACC, BA, ACA 

Graham Smorgon AM  
B.Juris, LLB

John Marlay  
BSc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Non-executive director

Greg Hayes was appointed as a 
director on 1 October 2014. Greg 
is Chairman of the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee.

Graham Smorgon was appointed 
as a director on 19 December 
2008. Graham is a member of 
the Health, Safety, Environment 
and Community Committee, the 
Nominations Committee and the 
Remuneration Committee.

John Marlay was appointed as a 
director on 20 December 2006. 
John is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee and a 
member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee.

Paul Brasher  
BEc(Hons), FCA

Non-executive Chairman

Paul Brasher was appointed as 
a director on 29 September 
2010 and was appointed 
Chairman on 30 June 2012. 
Paul is Chairman of the 
Nominations Committee.

James Fazzino  
BEc(Hons), Adjunct Professor, 
La Trobe Business School

Managing Director & CEO

James Fazzino was appointed 
Managing Director & CEO 
on 29 July 2009. James is a 
member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee.

vi

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Executive Team

James Fazzino BEc(Hons)
Managing Director & CEO
Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community Committee 
James was appointed Managing Director & 
CEO of IPL on 29 July 2009. James was first 
appointed as a director on 18 July 2005, 
following his appointment as Chief Financial 
Officer in May 2003. Before joining IPL, 
he had many years’ experience with Orica 
Limited in several business financial roles, 
including Investor Relations Manager, Chief 
Financial Officer for Orica Chemicals and 
Project Leader of Orica’s group restructure 
in 2001. James is also Chairman of the 
Advisory Board for La Trobe University’s 
Business School and an Adjunct Professor  
of the La Trobe Business School.

Alan Grace BSc(Hons) Chem Eng.
President, Global Manufacturing
A qualified chemical engineer, Alan joined 
IPL on its merger with Incitec Fertilizers 
Limited in 2003, having commenced with 
Incitec Limited in 2000. He has 30 years’ 
experience constructing and operating 
chemical processing plants. He has worked 
on many large projects in the oil and gas, 
petrochemical and chemicals sector, 
including ammonia and ammonium nitrate 
plants. Alan was the Project Director for IPL’s 
Moranbah complex during the construction 
phase and, prior to his current appointment 
he was the Project Director for the Feasibility 
Study and early stage construction of the 
Louisiana ammonia plant.

Simon Atkinson BBus, CA
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & 
Incitec Pivot Fertlisers
Simon joined the Company on its merger 
with Incitec Fertilizers Limited in 2003, 
having previously worked with Orica Limited 
(1999–2001) and Incitec Limited (2001–
2003). He has extensive commercial finance 
experience, working as Commercial Finance 
Manager for the Australian fertilisers 
business (2003–2006) and as IPL’s Deputy 
CFO and Investor Relations Manager (2006–
2009). In 2010 Simon was appointed 
President of Dyno Nobel International 
charged with the growth of the Dyno Nobel 
business outside the established North 
American and Asia Pacific regions. In 2013 
Simon was appointed President, Dyno Nobel 
Asia Pacific & Global Technology and in 2016 
was appointed President of the Group’s Asia 
Pacific downstream business incorporating 
the customer facing functions in Asia Pacific 
of Incitec Pivot Fertilisers and Dyno Nobel 
Asia Pacific.

Leah Balter B Eng UNSW (Hons),  
MBA, MAICD
President, Strategy & Business 
Development
Leah joined IPL on 1 August 2016 as 
President, Strategy & Business Development 
with leadership and responsibility for the 
Group’s global strategy and new market 
opportunities. Previously, Leah was an 
Associate Principal at McKinsey & Company 
where she worked in various countries and 
industries for nine years, and was the head 
of McKinsey’s Melbourne office. Leah has 
deep experience in banking and private 
investment built from her career with the 
ANZ Bank, where she held senior executive 
banking positions including Head of Strategy 
and Chief of Staff to the Australian CEO. Leah 
was also previously an advisor to a number 
of private company boards and non-for-
profit organisations.

First row (l to r): James Fazzino, 
Alan Grace, Simon Atkinson

Second row (l to r): Leah Balter, 
Frank Micallef, Elizabeth Hunter

Frank Micallef BBus, MAcc, FCPA,  
FFTA, FAICD
Chief Financial Officer
Frank was appointed as Chief Financial 
Officer on 23 October 2009. Frank joined IPL 
in May 2008 as General Manager, Treasury 
and Chief Financial Officer, Trading. Prior to 
joining IPL, Frank had significant experience 
in the explosives and mining industries as 
Global Treasurer and Investor Relations 
Manager at Orica Limited and General 
Manager Accounting at North Limited. Frank 
is responsible for the finance, tax, treasury, 
legal, company secretarial and procurement 
functions globally.

Elizabeth Hunter BBus, MBA 
Chief Human Resources Officer &  
Shared Services
Elizabeth joined IPL as Chief Human 
Resources Officer in October 2013, and was 
appointed to her current role incorporating 
global Shared Services in June 2016. 
Elizabeth has over 20 years’ experience in 
Human Resources, both in Australia and in 
the UK. She has held roles on executive 
teams of ASX listed companies with global 
footprints for the last 10 years. Prior to 
joining IPL, Elizabeth had experience across 
healthcare, banking and financial services, 
industrial contracting and infrastructure 
industries.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

vii

Sustainability Report

Approach
Sustainability Strategy

IPL is committed to operating in a manner which 
acknowledges and proactively manages those issues which are 
most material to the long term sustainability of its business, 
the environment and the communities in which it operates. 
This commitment is driven by the Company’s values which are 
core to its business. IPL defines Sustainability as ‘the creation 
of long term economic value whilst caring for our people, our 
communities and our environment’.

The Company’s Sustainability Strategy was formally adopted 
by the Board in September 2010 and was reaffirmed in 2014 
following a review. During this review it was also determined 
that IPL should seek to influence suppliers to promote 
alignment with the Company’s corporate values and continue 
the sustainable development of its supply chain.

Continuous Improvement through BEx
Business Excellence (BEx) is IPL’s business system through which 
a culture of continuous improvement is being built. BEx is 
strongly aligned to IPL’s company values and has lean thinking 
at its core. Through BEx there is continuous review, measurement 
of business performance and improvement of processes and 
systems that support sustainable business practices.

About this report
Since 2014, sustainability performance data has been included in 
the IPL Annual Report, providing a full account of the Company’s 
annual economic, environmental, social and governance 
performance in one document. Further information on IPL’s 
sustainability performance can be found in the 2016 Online 
Sustainability Report and in prior year Sustainability Reports on 
the IPL website at www.incitecpivot.com.au.

Content selection
In order to determine the most important topics for 
sustainability reporting, a materiality review is conducted 
biennially. First, key stakeholders who have a direct 
relationship with, or are impacted by, IPL’s business are 
identified. A comprehensive list of relevant topics is then also 
identified through a review of risk registers, sector issues, 
business communications, and publicly available information 
on sustainability issues relating to IPL’s business areas. Next, 
issues are numerically scored for prioritisation, according to 
their importance to external stakeholders, by survey. These 
issues are then analysed and prioritised by numerical score 
internally by IPL to determine which aspects are ‘material’ to 
report. This aligns to the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI4) 
materiality approach. Further information on stakeholder 
engagement and the materiality process is contained in the 
2016 Online Sustainability Report at www.incitecpivot.com.au.
During the most recent materiality review in 2015, IPL’s 
economic performance was identified as an important 
sustainability issue by a wide range of stakeholders including 
investors, shareholders, suppliers, customers, employees and 
the communities in which IPL operates. The other 10 most 
material issues are discussed below.

Workplace health and safety
At IPL, the Company value of Zero Harm for Everyone, 
Everywhere is prioritised above all others. In 2012, the Company 
adopted a five-year Global HSE Strategy to achieve world-class 
safety performance and an all-worker Total Recordable Injury 
Frequency Rate (TRIFR) of less than 1 by 2016. IPL has in place a 
fully integrated Health, Safety, Environment and Community 
Management System which provides the foundation for effective 
identification and management of health, safety and 
environmental risks. This foundation is complemented by the 
corporate commitment to continuous improvement through BEx.

viii

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

The 2016 priorities towards achieving Zero Harm were:
• 

Improvement in safety metrics through behavioural safety 
training, identifying the root cause of near misses/incidents 
and management of risk.

•  Continuing to embed effective change management 

processes into key HSE initiatives.

•  Leveraging the learnings from High Potential Incidents across 

the business.

Performance
The following were highlights for the 2016 year:
•  A global TRIFR of 0.761.
•  69.5 percent reduction in Employee Lost Day Severity Rate.
•  60.7 percent reduction in Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate (LTIFR).
•  51.7 percent reduction in Tier 1 process safety incidents.
•  83 percent of sites were recordable injury free.
•  Near miss and hazard reporting increased by 18 percent with 

45,306 of these reports raised in 2016.

•  Development and release of global Risk Assessment and Bow 

Tie Analysis procedures.

•  Development of a global approach to Permit to Work and Job 
Step Analysis and rollout of associated training materials.
•  Specific and comprehensive Executive Team Zero Harm goals 
including undertaking safety-focused site walks during site 
visits and taking part in, and reviewing, risk assessments and 
incident investigations.

•  Executive Team member led management reviews of High 

Potential Incidents and global communication of the resulting 
learnings.

•  The continued roll out of the Safety Partners training program 

across the business divisions.

2017 priorities
The following initiatives will be priorities in maintaining IPL’s 
Zero Harm focus in 2017:
•  Executive Team member leadership and coaching of 

employees during site visits to review site risk registers and 
investigate high potential incidents to identify root causes. 
•  Continued improvement of risk management across all parts 
of the business, including the quality of risk register content.
Implementation of a critical control management process. 
Critical controls are those which relate directly to Fatal Risks. 

• 

•  Embedding the standardised Permit to Work and Job Step 

Analysis processes at manufacturing sites and the roll out of 
these across explosives and fertiliser operations.

•  Development of an improved and standardised Management 

of Change process.

•  Maintaining a global TRIFR of less than 1 and the gains made 

in decreasing injury severity rate.

Dow Jones Sustainability Index (DJSI) is widely recognised as 
the leading reference point in the growing field of sustainability 
investing due to the robustness of the assessment process. Since 
2010 IPL has been included in the DJSI and its performance is 
benchmarked against its peers in the global Chemicals sector.  
The annual results are represented in the table below.

Dimension

Economic

Environmental

Social

Total for IPL

Chemicals sector average

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016

61

51

37

49

55

61

50

45

51

57

59

51

63

58

55

70

59

68

66

52

65

60

67

64

55

67

51

63

60

58

74

60

65

67

56

In 2016, the FTSE Group also confirmed for the third year that 
IPL has satisfied the requirements to remain a constituent of the 
FTSE4Good Index Series.

1. Subject to finalisation of classification of any pending incidents

Governance and ethical conduct
IPL’s Board of Directors is responsible for charting the direction, 
policies, strategies and financial objectives of the Company. 
The Board serves the interests of the Company and its 
shareholders, having regard to other stakeholders including 
employees, creditors, customers and the community, in a 
manner designed to create and continue to build sustainable 
value. The Board Charter, Code of Conduct and other key 
policies and systems which define IPL business practices are 
available on IPL’s website. 

During 2016, several governance documents were updated. 
IPL’s Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct for Directors and Senior 
Management were reviewed and replaced with a single Code of 
Conduct which better reflects the Company’s current policies 
and business practices. The Audit and Risk Management 
Committee Charter was amended to reflect a newly adopted 
Internal Audit Charter, and the Anti-Bribery and Improper 
Payments Policy was updated to reflect recent changes to 
Australian law. Face-to-face training in bribery and competition 
was conducted for applicable employees and mandatory Fraud 
& Corruption Awareness Training for all employees was 
conducted through IPL’s Learning and Development Platform. 

Further information on Governance, including risk oversight 
and management, can be found in the 2016 Corporate 
Governance Statement at www.incitecpivot.com.au and in  
the 2016 Online Sustainability Report.

Managing, engaging and ensuring a diverse 
workforce 
IPL endeavours to be a business where Company values guide 
behaviours in the workplace and where a culturally diverse 
range of employees have the flexibility, tools and freedom to 
learn what they need to execute business objectives within a 
multi-geography, multi-cultural organisation. The Company’s 
people and culture are key to creating the outstanding 
business performance required to be ‘best in market’ 
consistent with the Company’s vision.

Performance
During 2016, the Company’s focus was to fully utilise its 
diversity policies and practices, improve IPL’s learning systems 
to better support compliance, and to involve and support its 
employees to develop and implement change as the Company 
responded to the structural and cyclical shifts it has 
experienced in its markets. Many people across the Company, 
from site to senior levels, were involved in using BEx 
methodologies to successfully develop this response. The 
frameworks and infrastructure built over the prior two years 
were utilised to achieve intended benefits on a sustainable 
basis, particularly in relation to diversity. Further reporting on 
IPL’s Diversity Strategy can be found in the 2016 Corporate 
Governance Statement at www.incitecpivot.com.au

Key highlights during the year were:
•  The provision of role based development opportunities for the 
Company’s employees. Over 50 percent of senior employees 
have experienced a broadening of their role, a role 
promotion, or other role responsibility change during 2016.
•  Maintenance of the 2015 target of 2 percent Indigenous 

• 

employment across IPL’s Australian businesses.
Increased representation of women on the Executive Team, 
and within the next levels of the organisation.

•  Commencement of the implementation of an online 

learning management system in North America, which will 
be complete in the first half of 2017.

•  Broadening of the use of the change management 

framework to give effect to the Company’s value of Respect, 
Recognise and Reward during change in work practices, 
structures and processes.

Managing environmental impacts
As an international manufacturer of industrial explosives, 
industrial chemicals and fertilisers, IPL operations have the 
potential to create environmental impacts such as soil and 
groundwater contamination. IPL is committed to continuously 
improving the management processes and systems in place to 
make its operations and products more sustainable. Continuous 
improvement during the 2016 financial year was focused 
around risk management, compliance and increased reporting 
of potential incidents and hazardous observations. While this 
has increased the total number of incidents reported globally in 
2016, over 90 percent of these were reports of near misses 
which informed mitigation strategies and allowed potential 
environmental incidents to be avoided.

Performance
Highlights during the 2016 financial year included the following:
•  The review of all Australian licensed sites’ Compliance 

Management Plans and Risk Registers to identify environmental 
risks and implement improved mitigation controls.

•  The rollout of a new Environmental Compliance Audit Tool to 

an additional 21 sites in North America.

•  The auditing of Spill Prevention, Control and Countermeasure 
Plans across North American sites, and the use of Visual 
Management tools and 5S processes to increase loss of 
containment awareness globally. This resulted in increased 
operational control of product and a reduction in 
environmental risks associated with product tracking and spills.

•  The maintenance of the Environmental Incident Frequency 

Rate (EIFR) below 1 at just 0.32.

Further detail on environmental compliance, including fines, can 
be found on page 4.

Energy, greenhouse gases and water
IPL has a strong focus on progressively increasing resource 
efficiency to ensure long term economic and environmental 
sustainability. The manufacture of nitrogen-based products is 
energy intensive because it requires natural gas as both an 
energy source and a raw material. Because carbon dioxide (CO2) is 
liberated from this natural gas during the manufacturing process, 
IPL is a Large Emitter of greenhouse gases (GHG) as defined by 
the Australian Natural Greenhouse and Energy Reporting System.
Water is also a key raw material for manufacturing. In addition to 
IPL’s comprehensive annual risk management process, the World 
Business Council of Sustainable Development (WBCSD) Global 
Water Tool is completed each year for long-term projections and 
reviewed by the Chief Risk Officer. While the majority of IPL’s 
major manufacturing plants are located in regions with plentiful 
natural supplies of water, several smaller sites in Australia are 
located in areas identified by the WBCSD Water Tool as being in 
areas which may experience water stress by 2025. At Cheyenne, 
Wyoming, water resources are of particular concern and 
management involves multiple stakeholders. IPL engages with 
key stakeholders including the Wyoming State Engineer’s Office 
which manages stakeholder access to the local groundwater 
aquifer. In other regions, where there is higher rainfall, IPL 
recognises that water management is also important. 

Performance
Energy and emissions
IPL used 44,972,204 gigajoules (GJ) of energy over the past year 
(2015: 44,070,102), 1,971,644 of which was electricity (2015: 
1,983,644). The absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions from the 
Company’s global operations decreased slightly to 2.7 million 
tonnes (2015: 2.8 million tonnes). In line with the sustainability 
strategy to Use Less and Care for the Environment, IPL’s 
manufacturing plants continued to reduce both energy intensity 
and carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) emissions through 
initiatives such as lighting reviews, plant energy optimisation 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

ix

Sustainability Report

projects and other continuous improvements. At St Helens, 
Oregon, pneumatically controlled instrumentation was converted 
to electronic instrumentation, reducing air compressor loads. At 
Cheyenne, Wyoming, natural gas use was reduced at one plant 
by increasing purge gas feed from another plant, and a full site 
energy audit was conducted at Graham, Kentucky, with plans to 
implement improvements in 2017. At the new Waggaman, 
Louisiana ammonia plant, 10 percent of the CO2 generated will 
be captured and exported for use in making urea and melamine.
IPL also continued to invest in nitrogen oxide (NOx) reduction 
technology, with work almost completed on the installation of a 
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) unit at the Louisiana, Missouri, 
nitric acid plant, which will reduce NOx emissions at the site by 
90 percent. Also in 2016, studies to evaluate the effectiveness of 
NOx scrubbers at several of IPL’s North American initiating 
systems manufacturing sites commenced, with more effective 
alternatives being investigated. The Company directly invested 
over $1,000,000 in the nitrous oxide abatement unit at 
Moranbah, Queensland, which reduced GHG emissions by 
358,270 tonnes CO2e in 2016.
Water use and discharge
IPL’s gross water use in the 2016 financial year, was 43,823 
mega litres (ML), a five percent increase from 2015. The 
Company’s 2015 gross water use has been restated from 
40,172 to 41,591 ML due to improvements in cooling water 
data collection systems. Continuous improvements made to 
reduce water use included multiple projects in 2016. At 
Cheyenne, Wyoming, the recovery of boiler blowdown water, 
and the reclamation of waste water streams through a reverse 
osmosis unit and a brine concentrator unit saved 70,000 kL. At 
Carthage, Missouri, the installation of a reverse osmosis water 
filtration system reduced the amount of boiler blowdown water 
by approximately 90 percent, also reducing waste water 
amounts by 3,800 kL and energy use by 35 GJ per year. At 
Phosphate Hill, Queensland, 162,917 kL of water was recovered 
from waste gypsum stockpiles, also recovering valuable 
phosphates for fertiliser production.
During 2016, IPL discharged 35,579,618 m3 of water to the 
environment, an increase of 10 percent from 2015. Most (98.7 
percent) of this water was clean cooling water that was 
discharged to the rivers from which it was taken, reducing the 
Company’s net water use to 9,311 ML (restated to 10,477 ML 
for 2015).

2017 priorities

•  Working with the Australian Federal Government on energy 
and carbon policy to ensure favourable outcomes for both 
business and the environment, and implementing processes 
to meet the new Australian Safeguard Mechanism.

•  Working across the global business to identify and implement 

energy and water efficiencies.

•  Continued focus on education, training and awareness to 
further embed principles of sustainable resource use and 
environmental best practice across the business.

•  Continued improvement in reducing NOx and sulphur oxide 
(SOx) emissions globally, including: the completion of the 
installation of a new SCR unit at Louisiana, Missouri; a new 
wet scrubber system at Carthage, Missouri; the installation of 
a NOx analyser at St Helens, Oregon; the installation of an 
improved SOx reduction catalyst at Mt Isa, Queensland; and 
the evaluation of NOx scrubber efficiencies at other sites.

Gas supply
Natural gas supply is an important issue for the IPL business. 
In Australia, access to competitively priced gas is a well-
documented challenge for the manufacturing industry. IPL 
believes that it is essential that Australia find a solution that 
balances the imperative of supplying gas to value-adding 
manufacturing with the needs of a strong energy export 
market. The Company will continue to work with Federal and 
State governments on this issue. For more information on this 
issue see page 20 of this Report.

Product quality
IPL is committed to providing quality products and services to the 
agricultural, mining and quarry & construction sectors. IPL’s 
Fertiliser Quality Policy outlines its commitment to providing 
products and services that meet customers’ needs. Fertiliser 
manufacturing is monitored by IPL’s own Quality Control 
Laboratories and all product imports are sourced in compliance 
with the Fertiliser Australia National Code of Practice for Fertiliser 
Description and Labelling. Certificates of Analysis are sought from 
suppliers and the delivered products are then analysed through 
the Company’s Quality Control Laboratories to ensure they are 
within set product specifications that meet statutory limits and 
market needs.
IPL is renowned as a global provider of innovative explosive 
products, services and solutions under the Dyno Nobel brand, 
delivering ground-breaking performance to its customers every 
day. Using BEx principles, product quality is being continuously 
improved by the detection, analysis and correction of trends 
during processing which may impact quality and performance. 
During 2016, a closer working partnership between the 
Company’s research and development laboratories and its 
manufacturing plants continued to improve operating procedures, 
particularly where product analysis is required. Continuous 
improvement to both the product formulations and the raw 
materials sourced have resulted in improved product quality and 
enhanced performance. The Marketing & Technology Ideas & 
Work Requests Database accepts requests from all over the 
Group for research and development assistance and will continue 
to facilitate improved product quality.

Total direct and indirect greenhouse  
gas emissions

Water use by source 
Total water used was 43,823 ML

Water discharge by destination 
Total water discharged was 35,579,618m3

3.5

Million tonnes of CO2e

35,000

ML

35,000

’000 m3

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

30,000

25,000

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Municipal
water

Ground
water

Recycled
water

Storm
water

Surface 
water

Desalinated
 water

Rain
 water

Surface
waters

Ground
water

Sewers

Total water
discharged

Total GHG emissions

Scope 1

Scope 2

Water source

2014/15

2015/16

Waste discharge destination

2014/15

2015/16

x

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

35000

30000

25000

20000

15000

10000

5000

0

Sustainable products and services
IPL aims to assess and, where feasible, improve the 
environmental and social impacts of all products across their 
life cycle and to work with customers to encourage them to 
use these products to achieve the best sustainability outcomes.

Phosphate rock sourcing
Phosphate rock, a naturally occurring mineral rock, is used in 
the production of both single superphosphate (SSP) and 
ammonium phosphate (AP) fertilisers. AP is produced at 
Phosphate Hill, Queensland using phosphate rock from the 
mine adjacent to that plant. At the Geelong and Portland 
plants in Victoria, SSP is manufactured using a blend of 
imported phosphate rock. The composition of phosphate rock 
varies according to the place of origin and presents with 
varying levels of phosphorus, cadmium, odour and reactivity 
which must be balanced to produce a product that meets with 
Australian regulations. Further information on phosphate 
sourcing is available on the IPL website.

Supplier and customer engagement
IPL has processes in place to assess potential and current 
suppliers to ensure sustainability risks are well understood and 
addressed. Potential suppliers are assessed using a 
questionnaire that covers environment, social and governance 
aspects and the Global Procurement team works with suppliers 
on gap closing action plans where required. Contracts between 
IPL and major materials suppliers also contain clauses that 
outline Company expectations of suppliers’ workplace health, 
safety and environmental performance. During the past year, IPL 
continued to apply BEx methodologies and risk management 
tools to its sustainable supply chain model, with a particular 
focus on engaging more of its suppliers through improved 
contracts with more focused KPIs. The results have included 
better contractor equipment standards, leading to greater 
energy efficiency and lowered emissions. The Company also 
worked to reset its cost base in challenging market conditions, 
with significant cost savings.
IPL engages directly with fertiliser customers during 
collaborative tailoring of product use through the IPL Nutrient 
Advantage laboratory, which conducts soil and plant testing,  
as well as through Nutrient Advantage Advice interactive 
software, and through IPL’s own online Farmer Community 
and Agronomy Community. Customers and agronomists also 
attend IPL Agronomy Community Forums, and formal 
complaint and product feedback processes exist to resolve 
customer issues quickly. IPL works closely with explosives 
customers at their sites to deliver high performance solutions 
tailored to customer needs. The business participates in 
specialist customer sustainability questionnaires, holds 
customer focused technical workshops and has dedicated 
Customer Relationship Managers. 

Research and development
Work continued on collaborative research and product 
development with customers, as well as the promotion  
of best practice use of fertiliser and explosives products to 
reduce environmental impacts and increase safety.
Highlights during the 2016 financial year included:
• 

Increased customer uptake of Entec products in north 
Queensland, Australia. Entec products were commercially 
introduced last year and are enhanced efficiency fertilisers 
which minimise nitrogen losses to the atmosphere and to 
leaching, reducing the environmental impact of their use.
•  The continued development and marketing of explosive 
products and delivery systems that reduce blast fume 
emissions and minimize groundwater nitrate leaching, with 
strong sales growth and excellent results for customers.

•  The continued testing of recycled oils and hydrocarbons 

recovered from other waste materials to replace virgin oils in 
explosives manufacture. Testing was extended to include 
hydro-treated recycled oils and oils made from natural gas. 
•  Financial and promotional support to allow a six month Farm 

Waste Recovery trial to be converted into a permanent 
program to collect and recycle empty fertiliser bags. Offered 
to IPL’s sugarcane farming customers in northern Australia 
last year, this initiative has now been extended to all of IPL’s 
fertiliser customers across eastern Australia.

•  The completion of two joint research projects with the 

University of Melbourne into reducing GHG emissions from 
agriculture and the establishment of two new projects 
relating to the use of GHG inhibitors in fertilisers.

Sustainable development
Waggaman, Louisiana Ammonia Plant
During 2016, construction of IPL’s 800,000 metric tonne per 
annum ammonia plant was completed, with a dedication 
ceremony on Thursday 29 September 2016 led by Louisiana 
Governor John Bel Edwards and IPL Chairman Paul Brasher. 
The plant achieved a TRIFR of 0.3 in 2016. During the plant’s 
construction over the past three years, more than five million 
man hours were worked with no lost time injuries recorded and 
a total project TRIFR of 0.31. 
The Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant uses the industry’s 
leading technology and is among the most efficient plants of its 
kind in the world, employing gas purifier technology and 
recapturing steam for reuse. The plant is also fitted with SCR 
technology to reduce emissions of NOx by up to 98 percent. The 
plant sources its cooling water sustainably from the Mississippi 
River, and all wastewater and stormwater streams are treated 
onsite to meet strict water quality limits. Cooling water is 
returned as clean water to the river. 
During 2016, IPL continued to actively engage with the 
community in Louisiana, and has also maintained regular 
communications with Louisiana Economic Development, 
Jefferson Parish Economic Development Commission, Jefferson 
Parish, Waggaman Civic Association and Cornerstone Chemicals 
Community Advisory Panel.
Caring for the community 
The Sustainable Communities Policy defines IPL’s approach to 
community relations and community investment, and ensures 
that engagement decisions are made locally, at the site level, 
where community needs are best understood. During 2016, 
$354,806 of community investment was made globally 
through IPL’s Dollar-for-Dollar program, the Australian 
Workplace Giving program and various site-based initiatives.
Due to the nature of the business, some IPL sites are located 
in areas where the materials handled have the potential to 
impact on the communities in which IPL operates. IPL has 
measures in place to monitor, manage and prevent potential 
negative impacts on local communities which could arise. In 
addition, many sites are required by law to communicate 
regularly with the community regarding community safety 
plans and emergency procedures which should be followed to 
keep them safe in the unlikely event of a potential incident. In 
North America, 51 percent of IPL’s sites fall into this category, 
and these sites actively participate in Local Emergency 
Planning Committees (LEPCs) as part of the ‘Community Right 
to Know Act’. In the Asia Pacific region, 22 percent of sites 
have been identified, and these follow Safe Work Australia 
guidelines in communicating with their communities. In 
addition, the IPL Issues Response Manual assists crisis 
management teams to effectively manage communication 
and engagement in the event of an incident.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

xi

Directors’ Report

The directors of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company or IPL) present the directors’ report, together with the financial report, of the 
Company and its controlled entities (collectively referred to in this report as the Group) for the year ended 30 September 2016 and 
the related auditor’s report.

Directors
The directors of the Company during the financial year and up to the date of this report are:

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

Paul Brasher BEc(Hons), FCA

Non-executive Chairman

Chairman of the Nominations 
Committee

Mr Brasher was appointed as a director on 29 September 2010. He is a non-executive  
director of Amcor Limited and the Deputy Chairman of the Essendon Football Club. He is also 
a former director of Perpetual Limited. From 1982 to 2009, Mr Brasher was a partner of 
PricewaterhouseCoopers (and its predecessor firm, Price Waterhouse), including five years as 
the Chairman of the Global Board of PricewaterhouseCoopers.

Kathryn Fagg FTSE, BE(Hons), 
MCom(Hons), Hon.DBus(UNSW)

Non-executive director 

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

Mr Brasher brings to the Board his local and global experience as a senior executive and 
director, particularly in the areas of strategy, finance, audit and risk management and public 
company governance, as well as his experience as a non-executive director of Australian 
companies with significant overseas operations. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Amcor Limited (since January 2014)
•  Director, Perpetual Limited (November 2009 – August 2015)

Ms Fagg was appointed as a director on 15 April 2014. Ms Fagg is a non-executive member of 
the Reserve Bank of Australia, and is also a non-executive director of Djerriwarrh Investments 
Limited and Boral Limited. She is Chair of the Melbourne Recital Centre, Chair of Breast Cancer 
Network Australia and a board member of the Australian Centre for Innovation. Ms Fagg is also 
President-elect of Chief Executive Women. Ms Fagg was previously President of Corporate 
Development at Linfox Logistics Group and, prior to that, she held executive roles with 
BlueScope Steel and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group. Ms Fagg was also a consultant 
with McKinsey and Co. after commencing her career as a chemical engineer.

Ms Fagg brings to the Board extensive executive experience across a range of industries in 
Australia and Asia, including logistics, manufacturing, resources, banking, professional services 
and strategy consulting, as well as her experience in managing international subsidiaries for 
global businesses.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Boral Limited (since September 2014)
•  Director, Djerriwarrh Investments Limited (since May 2014)

Gregory Hayes MAppFin,  
GradDipACC, BA, ACA

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Mr Hayes was appointed as a director on 1 October 2014. Mr Hayes is also a non-executive 
director of The Star Entertainment Group Limited, Precision Group and Aurrum Holdings Pty 
Ltd. His prior roles include: Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director of Brambles Limited, 
Chief Executive Officer & Group Managing Director of Tenix Pty Ltd, Chief Financial Officer and 
later interim CEO of the Australian Gaslight Company (AGL), CFO Australia and New Zealand of 
Westfield Holdings and Executive General Manager, Finance of Southcorp Limited.

Mr Hayes is an experienced executive having worked across a range of industries including 
energy, infrastructure and logistics. He brings to the Board skills and experience in the areas 
of strategy, finance, mergers and acquisitions and strategic risk management, in particular in 
listed companies with global operations.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, The Star Entertainment Group Limited (since April 2015)

1

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Name, qualifications and 
special responsibilities

Experience

John Marlay BSc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Mr Marlay was appointed as a director on 20 December 2006. Mr Marlay is a non-executive 
director of Boral Limited. He is also the independent Chairman of Flinders Ports Holdings 
Limited. Mr Marlay is the former Chairman of Cardno Limited, a former Chief Executive Officer 
and Managing Director of Alumina Limited, a former director of Alesco Corporation Limited, 
Alcoa of Australia Limited and the Business Council of Australia, the former Chairman of the 
Australian Aluminium Council and the former independent Chairman of Tomago Aluminium 
Company Pty Ltd.

Mr Marlay brings extensive international experience as a public company chief executive, 
operational experience including in manufacturing industries as well as non-executive director 
experience in companies with global operations, particularly in North America.

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Boral Limited (since December 2009)
•  Chairman, Cardno Limited (August 2012 to January 2016, having commenced  

as a Director in November 2011)

Rebecca McGrath BTP(Hons),  
MASc, FAICD

Non-executive director

Chairman of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Audit and Risk 
Management Committee

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Ms McGrath was appointed as a director on 15 September 2011. Ms McGrath is currently 
Chairman of Investa Office Management Holdings Pty Limited and non-executive director of 
Goodman Group and OZ Minerals Limited. She is also an independent director of Scania 
Australia Pty Ltd and Barristers Chambers Limited. During her 23 year career with BP plc,  
Ms McGrath held a number of senior roles including as Chief Financial Officer and Executive 
Board member for BP Australia and New Zealand. 

Ms McGrath brings to the Board over 20 years experience in the international oil industry, 
senior executive experience in operations and finance, an operational and strategic 
understanding of occupational health and safety both as an executive and as a director and 
experience gained through significant exposure to manufacturing and supply chain 
management. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Goodman Group (since April 2012)
•  Director, Oz Minerals Limited (since November 2010)
•  Director, CSR Limited (February 2012 to October 2016)

Graham Smorgon AM 
B.Juris, LLB

Non-executive director

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Member of the Nominations 
Committee

Member of the Remuneration 
Committee

James Fazzino BEc(Hons), 
Adjunct Professor, La Trobe 
Business School

Managing Director & CEO

Member of the Health, Safety, 
Environment and Community 
Committee

Mr Smorgon was appointed as a director on 19 December 2008. Mr Smorgon is Chairman of 
Smorgon Consolidated Investments and the GBM Group, and a Trustee of the Victorian Arts 
Centre Trust. His former roles include non-executive director of Arrium Limited, Chairman of the 
Print Mint Group, director of Fed Square Pty Ltd, Chairman of Smorgon Steel Group Ltd, Deputy 
Chairman of Melbourne Health, Director of The Walter and Eliza Hall Institute of Medical 
Research, Chairman of Creative Brands, Chairman of GBM Logic, and partner of law firm Barker 
Harty & Co, where he practised as a commercial lawyer for 10 years. 

Mr Smorgon has extensive experience as both an executive and public company director in 
industries relevant to IPL including in resources and manufacturing. He brings to the Board skills 
in the areas of commercial law, public company governance and risk management. 

Directorships of listed entities within the past three years:
•  Director, Arrium Limited (September 2007 to November 2015)

Mr Fazzino was appointed Managing Director & CEO on 29 July 2009. Mr Fazzino was first 
appointed as a director on 18 July 2005, following his appointment as Chief Financial Officer 
in May 2003. Before joining IPL, he had many years of experience with Orica Limited in 
several business financial roles, including Investor Relations Manager, Chief Financial  
Officer for the Orica Chemicals group and Project Leader of Orica’s group restructure in 2001. 
Mr Fazzino is also Chairman of the Advisory Board for La Trobe University’s Business School 
and an Adjunct Professor of La Trobe Business School.

Mr Fazzino brings to the Board his deep knowledge of the fertilisers and explosives industries 
including extensive knowledge of the global participants in these markets, as well as 
manufacturing experience. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

2

Directors’ Report

Company Secretary
Ms Daniella Pereira holds the office of Company Secretary. 

Ms Pereira joined the Company in 2004, and was appointed 
Company Secretary on 31 October 2013. Prior to joining the 
Company, Ms Pereira practised as a lawyer with Blake Dawson 
(now Ashurst). Ms Pereira holds a Bachelor of Laws (with 
Honours) and a Bachelor of Arts.

Directors’ interests in share capital
The relevant interest of each director in the share capital of the 
Company, as notified by the directors to the Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 205G(1) 
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (Act), as at the date of this 
report is as follows:

Director
P V Brasher(1)
K Fagg(1)
G Hayes(2)
J Marlay(2)
R J McGrath(2)
G Smorgon AM(2)
J E Fazzino(1)

Fully paid ordinary shares 
Incitec Pivot Limited
60,600
10,000
10,000
37,926
18,758
13,100 
1,914,562

(1)  Held both directly and indirectly.
(2)  Held indirectly.

Further details of directors’ interests in share capital are set out 
on page 42 of the Remuneration Report. 

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group during the course of the 
financial year were the manufacture and distribution of industrial 
explosives, industrial chemicals and fertilisers, and the provision 
of related services. No significant changes have occurred in the 
nature of these activities during the financial year.

Operating and financial review
Refer to the Operating and Financial Review on page 6 for  
the operating and financial review of the Group during the 
financial year and the results of these operations.

Dividends
Dividends since the last annual report:

Type

Cents 
per 
share

Total 
amount
$mill

Franked/ 
Unfranked

Date of  
payment

Paid during the year

2015 final dividend

2016 interim dividend

7.4

4.1

124.9

60% franked

14 December 2015

69.2 100% franked

1 July 2016

To be paid after  
end of year
2016 final dividend

Dealt with in the  
financial report as:

Dividends

Subsequent event

4.6

77.6

unfranked

13 December 2016

Note

6

23

$mill

194.0

77.6

Directors’ meetings
The number of directors’ meetings held (including meetings of committees of directors) and the number of meetings attended by 
each of the directors of the Company during the financial year are listed below: 

Director – Current(1,2)
P V Brasher
K Fagg
J Marlay
R J McGrath
G Smorgon AM
G Hayes
J E Fazzino

Board

Audit and  
Risk Management

Remuneration

Nominations

Health, Safety, 
Environment and 
Community

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

Held

Attended

11
11
11
11
11
11
11

11
11
11
11
11
10(3)
11

5
5

5

5
5

5

6
6

6

6
6

6

2

2
2

2

2
2

4

4
4

4

4

4
4

4

 Chairman  

 Member

(1)  ‘Held’ indicates the number of meetings held during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(2)  ‘Attended’ indicates the number of meetings attended during the period that the director was a member of the Board or Committee.
(3)  Mr Hayes was an apology for an extraordinary meeting which was convened at short notice. 

3

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Unissued shares under IPL’s long term 
incentive performance rights plans
The table below describes the unissued ordinary shares or 
interests under IPL’s long term incentive performance rights 
plans as at the date of this report. Each performance right 
entitles the participant to acquire ordinary shares in Incitec 
Pivot Limited, on a one right to one share basis, for no 
consideration upon vesting. Vesting of the performance rights 
is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Prior to 
vesting, holders of these rights are not entitled to participate in 
any share issue or interest issue of the Company. Performance 
rights expire on vesting or lapsing of the rights. Refer to the 
Remuneration Report commencing on page 24 for further 
details in relation to the performance rights. 

Likely developments
The Operating and Financial Review beginning at page 6 of  
this report contains information on the Company’s business 
strategies and prospects for future financial years, and refers  
to likely developments in the Company’s operations and the 
expected results of these operations in future financial years. 
Information on likely developments in the Company’s 
operations for future financial years and the expected results of 
those operations together with details that could give rise to 
material detriment to the Company (for example, information 
that is commercially sensitive, confidential or could give a third 
party a commercial advantage) have not been included in this 
report where the directors believe it would likely result in 
unreasonable prejudice to the Company.

Environmental regulation and performance 
The operations of the Group are subject to environmental 
regulation under the jurisdiction of the countries in which 
those operations are conducted including Australia, United 
States of America, Mexico, Chile, Canada, Indonesia, Papua 
New Guinea and Turkey. The Group is committed to complying 
with environmental legislation, regulations, standards and 
licences relevant to its operations.

The environmental laws and regulations generally address 
certain aspects and potential impacts of the Group’s activities 
in relation to, among other things, air and noise quality, soil, 
water, biodiversity and wildlife.

The Group operates under a Global Health, Safety and 
Environment Management System which sets out guidelines  
on the Group’s approach to environmental management, 
including a requirement for sites to undertake an 
Environmental Site Assessment.

In certain jurisdictions, the Group holds licences for some of its 
operations and activities from the relevant environmental 
regulator. The Group measures its compliance with such 
licences and reports statutory non-compliances as required.

Measurement of the Group’s environmental performance, 
including determination of areas of focus and assessment of 
projects to be undertaken, is based not only on the actual 
impact of incidents, but also upon the potential consequence, 
consistent with IPL’s risk based focus.

During the year, the Group has continued to focus on licence 
compliance and identification and mitigation of environmental 
risks. Remediation works have also either been completed 
successfully or progress accomplished at a number of sites in 
the US. 

For the 2016 financial year, the Group received fines in 
aggregate of approximately A$60,500 for incidents relating to 
its fertiliser operations in Australia and a fine of US$100,000 
for failure to conform strictly with an air quality permit in 
relation to one of its plants in the US.  

Date performance  
rights granted 

6 January 2014

30 December 2014

5 February 2015

21 January 2016

25 August 2016

Total unissued ordinary shares  
under performance rights

Number of ordinary shares  
under performance rights

2,231,273

2,121,853

93,744

1,385,940

150,941

5,983,751

Shares issued on exercise of  
performance rights
1,513,487 ordinary shares in Incitec Pivot Limited were issued 
by the Company during the 2016 financial year as a result of 
the equivalent number of performance rights vesting under 
the Company’s 2012/15 Long Term Incentive Plan. The rights 
entitled the holder to acquire the shares for zero consideration 
with nil amount unpaid on each of the ordinary shares issued. 
As at the date of this report, no shares or interests have been 
issued as a result of an exercise of performance rights since 
the end of the 2016 financial year. 

Changes in the state of affairs 
There have been no significant changes to the Group’s state of 
affairs during the financial year.

Events subsequent to reporting date
Since the end of the financial year, the Company announced 
the successful completion of the performance testing process 
for its ammonia plant at Waggaman, Louisiana on 19 October 
2016. IPL took over management and operation of the 
ammonia plant effective from this date. The final cash cost of 
the project will be below the budget of US$850 million.

Further, in November 2016, the directors determined to pay a 
final dividend for the Company of 4.6 cents per share on 13 
December 2016. The dividend is unfranked (refer to note 6 to 
the financial statements).

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors have 
not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial year, 
that has affected or may affect the operations of the Group, 
the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent years, which has not been covered in  
this report.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

4

Non-audit services 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu has provided non-audit services to 
the amount of $183,400 during the year ended 30 September 
2016 (refer note 22 to the financial statements).

As set out in note 22 to the financial statements, the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee must approve individual non-
audit engagements provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
above a value of $100,000, as well as the aggregate amount 
exceeding $250,000 per annum. Further, in accordance with its 
Charter, during the year the Committee has continued to 
monitor and review the independence and objectivity of the 
auditor, having regard to the provision of non-audit services. 
Based on the advice of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the directors are satisfied that the provision of 
non-audit services, during the year, by the auditor (or by 
another person or firm on the auditor’s behalf) is compatible 
with the general standard of independence for auditors 
imposed by the Act and does not compromise the external 
auditor’s independence.

Lead Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
The lead auditor has provided a written declaration that no 
professional engagement for the Group has been carried out 
during the year that would impair Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s 
independence as auditor.

The lead auditor’s independence declaration is set out on  
page 43.

Rounding
The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative 
Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ 
Reports) Instrument 2016/191 issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission dated 24 March 2016 
and, in accordance with that Legislative Instrument, the 
amounts shown in this report and in the financial statements 
have been rounded off, except where otherwise stated, to the 
nearest one hundred thousand dollars.

Corporate Governance Statement
The Company complies with the Australian Securities  
Exchange Corporate Governance Principles and 
Recommendations 3rd Edition (ASX Principles). IPL’s  
Corporate Governance Statement, which summarises the 
Company’s corporate governance practices and incorporates  
the disclosures required by the ASX Principles, can be viewed 
at www.incitecpivot.com.au/Corporate_Governance.

Directors’ Report

Indemnification and insurance of officers
The Company’s Constitution provides that, to the extent 
permitted by law, the Company must indemnify any person who 
is, or has been, a director or secretary of the Company against 
any liability incurred by that person including any liability incurred 
as an officer of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company and 
legal costs incurred by that person in defending an action. 

The Constitution further provides that the Company may enter 
into an agreement with any current or former director or 
secretary or a person who is, or has been, an officer of the 
Company or a subsidiary of the Company to indemnify the 
person against such liabilities. 

The Company has entered into Deeds of Access, Indemnity and 
Insurance with officers. The Deeds address the matters set out in 
the Constitution. Pursuant to those deeds, the Company has paid 
a premium in respect of a contract insuring officers of the 
Company and officers of its controlled entities against liability for 
costs and expenses incurred by them in defending civil or 
criminal proceedings involving them as such officers, with some 
exceptions. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure of the 
nature of the liability insured against and the amount of the 
premium paid. 

Auditor 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu was appointed as the Company’s 
external auditor at the 2011 Annual General Meeting and 
continues in office in accordance with section 327B(2) of the 
Act. Since Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu’s appointment, Mr Tom 
Imbesi has been appointed as the Company’s lead audit 
partner. Under the Act, the Board may grant approval for a 
lead audit partner to continue to play a significant role in the 
audit of a company beyond 5 successive financial years.

In accordance with the requirements of the Act, and on 
recommendation of the Audit and Risk Management 
Committee, the Board, in June 2016, approved Mr Tom Imbesi 
to continue as lead audit partner for an additional two 
successive financial years, being the financial years ending  
30 September 2017 and 30 September 2018. In its 
deliberations, the Board and Audit and Risk Management 
Committee noted that:

• 

IPL is in the process of commissioning and integrating its 
Louisiana Ammonia Plant and whilst this process is 
continuing, the cumulative audit knowledge and 
understanding of the project which Mr Imbesi has built up 
and Mr Imbesi’s prior experience in respect of the 
Company’s commissioning history, should be retained; and
•  Given that IPL is currently undergoing a period of challenge 

and change, Mr Imbesi’s extensive knowledge of the 
Company, its operating businesses and financial control 
environment, the industry and its end markets, is 
important.

In granting the approval, the Board noted that the Audit and 
Risk Management Committee was satisfied that the quality of 
the audit provided to IPL would be maintained and the 
approval would not give rise to a conflict of interest situation 
(as defined in the Act).

Further details in relation to the extension of Mr Imbesi’s term 
can be found in IPL’s 2016 Corporate Governance Statement.

5

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Operating and Financial Review

Business Presentation

In May 2016, IPL announced its strategic response to the 
unprecedented challenges facing the markets in which it 
operates. This response included the acceleration of its  
Business Excellence Organisation Focused Improvement  
(BEx OFI) program that is designed to deliver $80m of 
sustainable operating efficiencies and $20m of sustainable 
capital expenditure savings by 2017.

The BEx OFI program included changes to the Group’s operating 
model and management structures, which now comprise two 
operating businesses, Asia Pacific and Americas. 

The Asia Pacific business consists of the Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific 
(DNAP) segment and the Fertilisers segment, which in turn 
comprises Southern Cross International (SCI) and Incitec Pivot 
Fertilisers (IPF). The Americas business comprises the Dyno 
Nobel Americas (DNA) segment. 

Each of the businesses serve three sectors, consisting of 
Explosives, Industrial Chemicals and Fertilisers. The businesses 
and respective sectors can be reconciled to IPL’s reportable 
segments as set out in the following exhibit, which is adjusted 
for Individually Material Items (IMIs):

REPORTED SEGMENT

Revenue

EBIT ex IMIs

2016

2015

2016

2015

PRESENTATION

Revenue

EBIT ex IMIs

2016

2015

2016

2015

DNAP

920.8

910.8

186.1

192.7

Explosives

920.8

910.8

186.1

192.7

1,341.9 1,510.9

104.2

224.1

1,150.6

1,286.7

159.6

181.7

Fertilisers
• IPF
• SCI 
• Elimination

DNA
• Explosives
• Agriculture 
  & Industrial 
  Chemicals 
   (“Ag&IC”)

C
I
F
I
C
A
P

A

I
S
A

S
A
C
I
R
E
M
A

Fertilisers
• IPF
• SCI, excluding 
  Industrials & Trading 
  (“I&T”) component
• Elimination

Industrial Chemicals
• I&T component of SCI

Explosives
• Explosives

Fertilisers
• Agriculture 
  component of Ag&IC

Industrial Chemicals
• Industrial Chemicals 
  component of Ag&IC

1,241.4 1,410.9

75.3

191.9

100.5

100.0

28.9

32.2

958.3

1,056.3

129.2

141.5

60.1

63.0

23.8

9.8

132.2

149.4

6.6

30.4

Group Overview

IPL is a global diversified industrial chemicals company that 
manufactures and distributes industrial explosives, industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers. It has operations primarily in Australia, 
where it operates under the globally recognised Dyno Nobel 
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers brands, and in North America where 
it also operates under the Dyno Nobel brand.

IPL is managed through an upstream/downstream model that 
leverages a common nitrogen manufacturing core. Engineering 
synergies are achieved through the upstream Global 
Manufacturing organisation, whereas market-facing activity is 
conducted through its downstream organisations. 

As noted above, IPL restructured its operations into two 
downstream businesses in 2016, comprising:

•  Asia Pacific; and
•  Americas.

Both businesses serve three sectors, consisting of:

•  Explosives;
• 
•  Fertilisers.

Industrial Chemicals; and

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

6

 
Directors’ Report

IPL’s businesses and sectors, as well as its primary products, are set out in the exhibit below.

ASIA PACIFIC

GLOBAL
MANUFACTURING

AMERICAS

PRIMARY PRODUCTS

S
E
V
I
S
O
L
P
X
E

Upstream

Common
Nitrogen
Core

• Explosives: Ammonium nitrate based explosives
• Initiating Systems: Boosters, detonators and control systems
• Services: Consulting and site support

L
A
I
R
T
S
U
D
N

S
L
A
C
I
M
E
H
C

I

S
R
E
S
I
L
I
T
R
E
F

Zero Harm

IPL prioritises its “Zero Harm for Everyone, Everywhere” 
Company value above all others. It does so through a fully 
integrated Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) system 
that provides the foundation for effective identification and 
management of HSE risks. Central to IPL’s HSE system are  
the ‘4Ps’: 

•  Passionate Leadership;
•  People;
•  Procedures; and 
•  Plant. 

In 2012, IPL adopted a five year Group HSE goal of achieving 
world class safety performance. Among other measures, this 
included reducing Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate 
(TRIFR)(1) to less than 1.0 by 2016. For the 2016 financial 
year, IPL achieved a TRIFR of 0.76(2) representing a 45 percent 
decline since 2012. As demonstrated in the following chart, 
Employee Lost Day Severity Rate(3) also declined significantly 
over the same period. 

IPL also delivered benchmark safety performance during 
construction of the Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant with 
more than five million hours worked without a lost time injury.

• Ammonia
• Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
• Fluorosilicic Acid
• Nitric Acid
• Sulphuric Acid
• Industrial Urea
• Ammonia
• Di/mono-ammonium phosphate (DAP/MAP)
• Granulated Ammonium Sulphate (GranAm)
• Single Super Phosphate (SSP)
• Urea
• Urea ammonium nitrate (UAN)

TRIFR and Employee Lost Day Severity Rate

1.6

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

40

30

20

10

0

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

12 Month Rolling TRIFR (LHS)

Employee Lost Day Severity Rate (RHS)

The 2016 result and the safe completion of the Waggaman, 
Louisiana ammonia plant are important milestones 
toward achieving IPL’s vision of “Zero Harm for Everyone, 
Everywhere”. Notwithstanding progress to date, IPL will 
continue to focus on further improvement of its safety 
performance.

IPL’s HSE system works in tandem with the Business  
Excellence (BEx) continuous and focussed improvement 
system described on the following page.

(1) TRIFR calculated as the number of recordable injuries per 200,000 hours worked; includes contractors.
(2) Subject to finalisation of the classification of any pending incidents. 
(3) Employee Lost Day Severity Rate calculated as the number of employee lost workdays per 200,000 hours worked represented in days; does not include contractors.

7

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Total GHG emissions

Strategy

As a diversified industrial chemicals company, IPL’s strategy is 
to leverage core nitrogen and high explosive manufacturing 
competencies by aligning to major market dislocations (for 
example, US energy revolution and industrialisation and 
urbanisation of Asia). It does so through an upstream/
downstream model that leverages a common nitrogen 
manufacturing core.

Underpinning IPL’s strategy is its commitment to Zero Harm, 
which reflects the primacy of safety within the organisation. 

The immediate focus for IPL is firmly on optimising existing 
manufacturing assets, improving productivity and executing 
strategies to maximise returns. BEx, IPL’s globally integrated 
continuous and focussed improvement system, aims to drive 
sustainable and ongoing business efficiency and productivity 
through an empowered and engaged workforce. 

In the medium term, IPL’s growth is linked to the recovery 
of the United States through the ramp up of the Waggaman, 
Louisiana ammonia plant. 

Waggaman, Louisiana Ammonia Plant

In April 2013, IPL announced an investment of US$850m to 
build an 800,000 metric tonne per annum ammonia plant 
in Waggaman, Louisiana. Construction of the plant was 
completed in September 2016 and IPL assumed management 
of the plant on 19 October 2016. 

The plant is expected to operate at an average of 80 percent  
of nameplate capacity in 2017 as it ramps up to full 
production.

The plant is expected to be depreciated over an average life 
of approximately 35 years for accounting purposes, with the 
majority of the plant depreciated over the first six years for tax 
purposes.

BEx OFI

Through BEx, IPL has built a culture that fosters productivity 
improvements and sustainability initiatives, while also 
prioritising Zero Harm. BEx is strongly aligned with IPL’s 
corporate values and has lean principles at its core.

As noted above, in 2016 IPL announced the BEx OFI program to 
deliver $100m cost savings during the 2017 year, comprising 
$80m in operating efficiencies, and $20m reduction in capital 
expenditure. Using BEx methodology, operating efficiencies 
in overhead, procurement, supply chain and manufacturing 
productivity across IPL have been identified and progressed. 
BEx Asset Care efficiencies have been identified which will 
reduce capital expenditure. 

As at 30 September 2016, net savings from the BEx OFI 
program of $16m had been delivered. 

Group Financial Performance

IPL delivered Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) excluding minority 
interests of $128.1m, down $270.5m on 2015. This result 
included IMIs of $167.1m. NPAT excluding Individually Material 
Items (ex IMIs) was $295.2m, down $103.4m on 2015. 

IMIs

IMIs in the period consist of an impairment write-down in 
relation to Gibson Island’s manufacturing plant and related 
assets, costs incurred in the business restructure, and the 
impairment of certain operating assets and site exit costs.

•  Impairment of Gibson Island: The impairment of $105.6m 
after tax was recognised at 31 March 2016, and reflects the 
impact of lower forecast fertiliser prices and higher forecast 
gas prices on the recoverable amount of the asset.

•  Business Restructuring Costs: In May 2016, IPL announced 
that it was responding to the cyclical and structural changes 
in the markets that it serves through the BEx OFI program.

Total restructuring costs were $90.5m before tax with 
expected cash benefit from the BEx OFI of $100m ($80m 
of operating efficiencies and $20m of capital expenditure 
savings) per annum by 2017. Total restructuring costs 
include $26.8m of asset impairments and site exit costs.

Group Performance 

Group EBIT ex IMIs decreased 26 percent, or $148.4m, to 
$428.1m, as compared to 2015. 

Revenue

EBITDA ex IMIs(1)
EBIT ex IMIs(2)
NPAT ex IMIs(3)
IMIs after tax
NPAT

Business EBIT ex IMIs

Asia Pacific
Americas
Elimination and Corporate

Group EBIT ex IMIs
EBIT margin ex IMIs

Sector EBIT ex IMIs

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals
Fertilisers
Elimination and Corporate

Group EBIT ex IMIs
EBIT margin ex IMIs

Year Ended 30 September

2016
$mill

2015
$mill

Change
%

3,353.7

3,643.3

672.6
428.1
295.2
(167.1)
128.1

290.3
159.6
(21.8)

428.1
 12.8%

315.3
52.7
81.9
(21.8)

428.1
 12.8%

825.6
576.5
398.6
–
398.6

416.8
181.7
(22.0)

576.5
 15.8%

334.2
42.0
222.3
(22.0)

576.5
 15.8%

(7.9)

(18.5)
(25.7)
(25.9)
–
(67.9)

(30.4)
(12.2)
 0.9 

(25.7)

(5.7)
 25.5 
(63.2)
 0.9 

(25.7)

(1)   EBITDA ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation, 

excluding IMIs.

(2)   EBIT ex IMIs = Earnings Before Interest and Tax, excluding IMIs.
(3)   NPAT ex IMIs = Net Profit After Tax attributable to shareholders excluding IMIs.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

8

 
Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

Earnings per share (before individually material items)

Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

%

17.5

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

(2.5)

Cents
35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

The tenor and diversity of IPL’s debt is set out in the  
following exhibit:

2015

2012

2013

2014

2016

Debt Profile

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity
Date

Available limits

Drawn funds

Bank facility
AUD568m

Bank facility
USD553m

Bond
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

Bank facility
USD400m

Oct 18

Oct 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

Property, Plant & Equipment decreased by $110.9m to 
$3,892.7m. Significant movements included depreciation of 
$218.8m, impact of foreign currency translation of non-A$ 
denominated assets of $153.0m, Gibson Island impairment of 
$146.4m before tax, write-down of $22.8m in operating 
assets in relation to the business restructure, partially offset by 
capital expenditure on the Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia 
plant of $243.5m (including capitalised interest), minor 
growth spend of $30.2m and sustenance capital expenditure 
of $159.6m.

Intangible assets decreased by $175.9m mainly as a result of 
the impact of foreign currency translation of non-A$ 
denominated assets and amortisation of intangibles.

Tax liabilities decreased by $114.6m over the period to 
($414.9m) mainly due to lower pre-tax earnings for 2016, the 
impact of the higher A$ on foreign currency denominated tax 
liabilities and timing differences between tax and accounting 
depreciation rates related to property, plant and equipment 
and intangibles.

Net other liabilities decreased by $247.9m over the period to 
($490.8m) mainly due to favourable market value movements 
of derivative hedging instruments (offsetting foreign exchange 
movements in US$ net assets), partially offset by movements 
in the retirement benefit obligations.

Capital Allocation

IPL’s capital allocation process is centralised and overseen by 
the Group Corporate Finance and Strategy & Business 
Development functions. Capital is invested on a prioritised 
basis and all submissions are assessed against IPL’s risk, HSE, 
financial, strategic and corporate governance criteria. Capital is 
broadly categorised into major growth capital, minor growth 
capital and sustenance capital.

Directors’ Report

EBIT from the Asia Pacific business declined 30 percent over 
the period, with Explosives earnings contracting 3 percent and 
Fertiliser earnings contracting 61 percent, largely in line with a 
decline in global fertiliser prices. Industrial Chemicals earnings 
also contracted during the period.

EBIT from the Americas business fell 12 percent as compared 
to 2015 on an A$-basis. This was driven by a $12.3m decline 
in Explosives earnings reflecting lower coal market volumes 
and a $23.8m contraction in Fertilisers earnings in line with a 
decline in global fertiliser prices. These declines were offset by 
a $14.0m increase in Industrial Chemicals earnings primarily 
reflecting net proceeds from contractual arrangements in 
relation to the Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant.

A detailed analysis of the performance of each business and 
respective outlook is provided on the following pages.

Group Cash Flow and Financial Position

Operating cash flow decreased 24 percent to $575.3m as 
compared to 2015. This decline was driven by a fall in EBITDA 
largely attributable to falling commodity prices, but partially 
offset by an improvement in Trade Working Capital (TWC). 
Average 13 month TWC as a percentage of annual revenue 
declined to five percent during the period, primarily as a result 
of effective cash management efficiency initiatives and lower 
commodity prices reflected in purchased inventory.

IPL’s Balance Sheet remains sound, reflecting the Group’s 
ongoing commitment to financial discipline and effective  
cash management. As at 30 September 2016, IPL had net  
debt of $1,393.8m.(1) Net debt/EBITDA ex IMIs of 2.1x remained 
within IPL’s target range of less than 2.5x, after significant 
capital expended since 2013 on the Waggaman, Louisiana 
ammonia plant. 

Balance Sheet

Assets
Group TWC
Net PP&E
Intangible assets

Total Assets

Liabilities
Environmental & restructure provisions
Tax liabilities
Net other liabilities
Net debt(1)
Total Liabilities

Net Assets

Equity

Key Performance Indicators 

Net tangible assets/share

Average TWC as % Revenue(2)

Credit Metrics
EBITDA ex IMIs
Interest cover(3) 
Net debt/EBITDA ex IMIs

Year Ended 30 September

2016
$mill

2015
$mill

Change
$mill

(49.2)
3,892.7
3,170.4

7.7
4,003.6
3,346.3

(56.9)
(110.9)
(175.9)

7,013.9

7,357.6

(343.7)

(129.9)
(414.9)
(490.8)
(1,393.8)
(2,429.4)

(111.9)
(529.5)
(738.7)
(1,289.3)
(2,669.4)

(18.0)
114.6
247.9
(104.5)
240.0

4,584.5

4,688.2

(103.7)

4,584.5

4,688.2

(103.7)

0.84

5.0%

672.6
7.9x
2.1x

0.80

6.9%

825.6
9.7x
1.6x

(153.0)

(1)   Net debt aggregates interest bearing liabilities plus the fair value of derivative 
instruments in place economically to hedge the Group’s interest bearing 
liabilities, less available cash and cash equivalents.

(2)   Average TWC as % Revenue = 13 month average trade working capital/ 

annual revenue.

(3)   Interest cover = 12 month rolling EBITDA ex IMIs/net interest expense.

9

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
Capital Expenditure

Major growth capital

Asia Pacific

Americas

Minor growth capital

Asia Pacific

Americas

Sustenance

Total 

Year Ended 30 September

2016
$mill

2015
$mill

Change
%

(215.2)

(256.4)

(10.7)

(19.1)

(29.8)

(126.9)

(63.6)

(3.6)

(430.6)

(16.4)

(81.7)

(12.8)

(51.5)

(48.5)

16.1

16.4

(146.4)

(31.1)

(90.5)

(16.8)

(190.5)

(100.0)

(435.5)

(372.8)

Major growth capital expenditure of $215.2m (which includes 
capitalised interest during the period of $48.0m) relates to the 
construction of the Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant. 
Total project spend in relation to the plant as at 30 September 
2016 was US$778.3m. 

Minor growth capital expenditure was $29.8m and sustenance 
capital expenditure was $190.5m during the year, which 
included turnaround activity at the Mt Isa and Gibson Island 
plants as well as turnaround activity at the St Helens,  
Oregon plant.

In the period following the commissioning of the Waggaman, 
Louisiana ammonia plant, capital expenditure is expected to 
relate primarily to sustenance.

Group Outlook and Sensitivities

IPL does not provide profit guidance, particularly due to the 
variability of global fertiliser prices and foreign exchange 
movements. The following represents an outlook for business 
performance expectations for the 2017 financial year.

The markets in which IPL operates are expected to remain 
challenging in 2017.

Explosives

Structural changes in US coal markets and the cyclical 
oversupply of ammonium nitrate in Asia Pacific and the 
Americas are expected to continue in 2017.

Industrial Chemicals

Industrial Chemicals earnings are expected to grow as 
Waggaman, Louisiana ramps up through 2017. Earnings from 
the plant will be impacted by movements in global ammonia 
and US natural gas prices. 

Fertilisers

The cyclical reduction in global fertiliser prices may continue 
into 2017. Water availability in eastern Australia looks 
favourable as a result of recent rainfall, enhancing distribution 
volume prospects.

Phosphate Hill gas contracts secured during the year are 
expected to reduce IPL’s gas costs from calendar year 2017  
to 2028 as compared to IPL’s gas costs at the time the 
contracts were announced.

Shareholder Returns and Dividends

Group

Earnings per share (EPS) ex IMIs decreased 6.3 cents per share 
to 17.5 cents per share as compared to 2015.

Year Ended 30 September

2016
cents per 
share

2015
cents per 
share

Outlook for certain corporate items as they relate to 2017 are 
set out below:

•  BEx OFI: To deliver $80m of sustainable operating 

efficiencies and $20m of sustainable capital expenditure  
savings by 2017.

Change

•  Corporate: Corporate costs are expected to remain between 

$22m and $24m.

•  Borrowing Costs: Net borrowing expense is expected to 
increase to approximately $128.9m as the Group will no 
longer capitalise interest in relation to the Waggaman, 
Louisiana ammonia plant.

•  Tax: Full year effective tax rate is expected to continue to be 

approximately 22 to 24 percent. 

•  Hedging: 75 percent of estimated first half 2017 US$ linked 
Group fertiliser sales are hedged at a rate of $0.76 with full 
participation in downward rate movements.

Shareholder Returns

EPS
EPS ex IMIs(1)
Dividend per share(2)

7.6
17.5
8.7

23.8
23.8
11.8

(16.2)
(6.3)
(3.1)

(1)  EPS ex IMIs = Earnings Per Share, excluding IMIs.
(2)   Dividend declared in respect of the financial year. 

In November 2016, the Directors of IPL determined to pay  
an unfranked final dividend of 4.6 cents per share payable in 
December 2016, bringing total dividends paid with respect to 
the 2016 financial year to 8.7 cents per share. This represents 
approximately a 50 percent payout ratio for the 2016  
financial year. 

The Board also determined to maintain the Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan (DRP) with respect to the 2016 financial 
year, with no discount applied in determining the offer price 
under which the plan would be implemented. The Board 
further determined that the DRP would be implemented in a 
manner that ensures no dilutive effect to shareholders.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

10

 
 
 
Directors’ Report

Sensitivities
IPL’s earnings are influenced by movements in global fertiliser 
prices, commodity prices and foreign exchange. Investors should 
be cognisant of these factors. 

The following table provides sensitivities to key earning drivers 
as they relate to the 2016 financial year.

Ame rica s
35%

Full Year EBIT Sensitivies

Asia Pacific
Urea (FOB Middle East)(1)
DAP (FOB Tampa)(2)
FX transactional (DAP/urea)(3)
Americas
Urea (FOB NOLA)(4)
FX earnings translation(5)

+/- US$10/mt = +/- A$4.7m
+/- US$10/mt = +/- A$13.8m
+/- US$0.01 = -/+ A$8.0m

+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$1.7m
+/- US$0.01 = -/+ A$2.2m

Full Year Indicative Waggaman, Louisiana EBIT Sensitivies(6)

Americas

Ammonia Tampa CFR
Henry Hub Natural Gas
FX earnings translation

+/- US$10/mt = +/- US$6.1m
+/- US$0.10/mmbtu = -/+ US$2.0m
EBIT will be US$ denominated and 
subject to translation movements

(1)   347,000 metric tonnes urea equivalent (Gibson Island actual sales) at 2016 

realised exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.7393.

(2) 1,017,300 metric tonnes DAP (Phosphate Hill actual sales) and realised 

exchange rate of A$/US$ 0.7393.

(3) DAP and urea volumes and prices based on footnotes 1 & 2 above (excludes 

impact of hedging).

(4) 165,000 metric tonnes urea equivalent (St Helens nameplate).
(5) Based on actual FY16 Americas EBIT of US$118.2m and an average exchange 

rate of A$/US$ 0.7359.

(6) 640,000 metric tonnes ammonia (80% Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant 

nameplate capacity).

Asia Pacific

FY16 EBIT(1) 
Contribution

Asia Pacific
65%

(1)  Excludes elimination

The Asia Pacific business comprises three downstream sectors, 
consisting of:

•  Explosives;
• 
•  Fertilisers.

Industrial Chemicals; and

Downstream operations market and sell the output of fully 
integrated upstream Global Manufacturing assets and third 
party sourced products. 

EBIT from the Asia Pacific business declined $126.5m or 30 
percent to $290.3m as compared to 2015. This result included 
a 3 percent contraction in Explosives earnings, a 61 percent 
decline in Fertilisers earnings and a 10 percent contraction in 
Industrial Chemicals earnings. These movements are discussed 
in greater detail below.

Year Ended 30 September

ASIA PACIFIC

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals
Fertilisers
Elimination

Revenue

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals
Fertilisers

EBIT

EBIT margin

Explosives

2015
$mill

Change
%

2016
$mill

920.8
100.5
1,241.4
(14.9)

910.8
100.0
1,410.9
(14.5)

2,247.8

2,407.2

186.1
28.9
75.3

290.3

12.9%

192.7
32.2
191.9

416.8

17.3%

 1.1 
 0.5 
(12.0)
2.8

(6.6)

(3.4)
(10.2)
(60.8)

(30.4)

Through Dyno Nobel, IPL provides ammonium nitrate based 
industrial explosives, initiating systems and services to the Coal 
and Base & Precious Metals sectors in Australia, and 
internationally to a number of countries including Indonesia, 
Malaysia, Papua New Guinea and Turkey through its 
subsidiaries and joint ventures. Ammonium nitrate is often sold 
in conjunction with proprietary initiating systems and services.

Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives 
distributor in Australia by volume, which in turn is the world’s 
third largest industrial explosives market. In Australia, Dyno 
Nobel primarily supplies its products to metallurgical coal 
mines in the east and to iron ore mines in the west.

11

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
Explosives comprised 65 percent of Asia Pacific business 
earnings and contracted 3 percent in 2016 as compared to 
2015. The result was driven by strong manufacturing 
performance which was offset by a modest decline in Base & 
Precious Metals earnings and a 7 percent decline in 
International earnings. 

Year Ended 30 September

Plant

2016

2015

Change 
%

Moranbah

344.7

344.7

460.5
333.5
127.0

920.8

186.1

20.2%

310.2

310.2

 11.1 

 11.1 

 5.3 
(0.9)
(7.4)

 1.1 

(3.4)

437.3
336.4
137.2

910.8

192.7

21.2%

EXPLOSIVES

Thousand metric tonnes
Ammonium nitrate(1)

Manufactured product

$mill
Coal
Base & precise metals
International

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Manufacturing

In Australia, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium nitrate at its 
Moranbah, Queensland ammonium nitrate plant (Moranbah), 
which is located in the Bowen Basin, the world’s premier 
metallurgical (met) coal region. It also sources third party 
ammonium nitrate from time to time. 

Moranbah was commissioned in 2012 and has delivered 
increased production each year, largely due to BEx initiatives. In 
particular, Moranbah produced 345 thousand metric tonnes of 
ammonium nitrate in 2016, representing 11 percent production 
growth as compared to 2015. In addition to record ammonium 
nitrate output, production records were set in the ammonia and 
downstream plants despite 2016 being the last year of a 4-year 
turnaround cycle, and despite previously disclosed gas supply 
curtailments.

Initiating systems are manufactured in Australia at Dyno Nobel’s 
Helidon, Queensland facility and are also sourced from IPL 
facilities in the Americas and from DetNet South Africa (Pty) 
Ltd, an IPL electronics joint venture (DetNet). Initiating systems 
production was consistent with ammonium nitrate volume 
production during the year.

Moranbah Ammonium Nitrate Production(1)
Thousand metric tonnes

Coal 

54 percent of Asia Pacific ammonium nitrate volume sold 
was supplied to the Coal sector in Australia’s east in 2016, 
the majority of which was supplied to metallurgical coal 
mines in Queensland’s Bowen Basin. In aggregate, sales to 
the Coal sector comprised 49 percent of Asia Pacific 
Explosives revenue.

Volume to both the metallurgical and thermal coal sectors 
increased in 2016 with customers using volume leverage to 
reduce cost per tonne metrics. This was offset by the closure 
or curtailment of production at some marginal mines. 

Demand for services contracted during the period as 
customers insourced the activity, though to a lesser extent 
than in 2015.

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Volume

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Revenue

Met Coa l
49%

Therma l Coa l
5%

Met Coa l
43%

Therma l Coal 

6%

Base & Precious Metals

32 percent of Asia Pacific ammonium nitrate volume sold 
was supplied to the Base & Precious Metals sector in 
Australia in 2016. In aggregate, 24 percent of Explosives 
volume sold was supplied to iron ore mines primarily in 
Western Australia, with the remainder supplied to hard rock 
and underground mines. Sales to the Base & Precious Metals 
sector comprised 37 percent of Asia Pacific Explosives 
revenue.

As with the Coal sector, volume to the Base & Precious 
metals sector increased in 2016. This was largely driven by a 
recovery in commodity prices, particularly iron ore, and 
increased volume output from miners in Western Australia, 
but was somewhat offset by the closure or curtailments of 
some marginal customer mines in Australia. Demand for 
initiating systems grew in tandem with ammonium nitrate 
volume, however demand for services contracted during  
the period.

310 

345 

290 

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Volume

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Revenue

400

300

200

180 

100

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

(1)    Ammonium nitrate expressed as dry metric tonnes for comparative 

purposes; previously reported as wet metric tonnes

P recious 
Meta ls
8%

Iron Ore
24%

P recious 
Meta ls
17%

Iron Ore
20%

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

12

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

International

Fertilisers

14 percent of Asia Pacific ammonium nitrate volume was 
sold internationally including in Indonesia, Malaysia, Papua 
New Guinea and Turkey. In these regions, Dyno Nobel 
sources ammonium nitrate from third parties, manufactures 
proprietary emulsion explosives, and combines them with 
proprietary initiating systems and services. International 
sales comprised 14 percent of Asia Pacific Explosives 
revenue.

Volume sold within the International market was broadly flat 
in 2016, despite ammonium nitrate oversupply in Southeast 
Asia, particularly Indonesia, and political instability in Turkey. 
Demand for initiating systems and services was also broadly 
flat during the period.

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Volume

Asia Pacific Explosives 
Revenue

Interna tiona l
14%

Interna tiona l
14%

IPF is Australia’s largest domestic manufacturer and supplier 
of fertilisers by volume, dispatching 1.8m metric tonnes of 
fertilisers in 2016 to the domestic market. IPF produces 
nitrogen and phosphate fertilisers for application in 
Australia’s grain, cotton, fruit, pasture, dairy, sugar, sorghum 
and horticulture industries in New South Wales, Victoria, 
Queensland, South Australia and Tasmania. Fertiliser is 
distributed to farmers and through a network of more than 
200 dealers and agents. 

Internationally, IPF sells to major offshore agricultural 
markets in Asia Pacific, the Indian subcontinent and Brazil. It 
also procures fertilisers from overseas manufacturers to meet 
domestic seasonal peaks. Much of this activity is conducted 
through Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based 
subsidiary.

IPF manufactures the following fertilisers at four locations:

•  Phosphate Hill (Queensland): DAP and MAP;
•  Gibson Island (Queensland): Ammonia (Big N), GranAm 

and Urea; and

•  Geelong and Portland (Victoria): SSP.

IPF’s business model is illustrated in the following exhibit:

Manufacturing

•  Phosphate Hill
•  Gibson Island

•  Geelong
•  Portland

International 
Sales & Marketing

International
3rd Parties

Domestic 
Sales & Marketing

Domestic
Dealers

Domestic
Farmers

Domestic
Wholesalers

Outlook

The Explosives sector is expected to remain challenged 
through 2017 largely due to regional oversupply of 
ammonium nitrate and ongoing customer cost focus. 

Industrial Chemicals

The Asia Pacific business manufactures and distributes 
industrial chemicals under the Incitec Pivot brand in eastern 
Australia. Products include ammonia, CO2, DEF, fluorosilicic 
acid and industrial urea. These products are primarily 
manufactured at the Gibson Island plant. 

EBIT from Industrial Chemicals comprised 10 percent of Asia 
Pacific business earnings. 

INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Outlook 

Year Ended 30 September

2016
$mill

100.5

28.9

2015
$mill

100.0

Change
%

0.5

32.2

(10.2)

28.8%

32.2%

Industrial Chemicals volumes in 2017 are expected to be 
broadly consistent with those of 2016, with earnings subject 
to movements in commodity prices.

13

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
EBIT from Fertilisers comprised 26 percent of Asia Pacific 
business earnings and declined 61 percent in 2016 as 
compared to 2015. This was driven primarily by declining 
fertiliser prices, but somewhat offset by favourable foreign 
exchange movements and strong manufacturing 
performance at Phosphate Hill.

FERTILISERS

Plant

2016

2015

Change 
%

Year Ended 30 September

Thousand metric tonnes
DAP/MAP
Urea, GranAm  
and Ammonia
SSP

Phosphate Hill
Gibson Island

1,009.6
350.3

1,043.3
369.7

(3.2)
(5.2)

Phosphate Hill Ammonium Phosphate Production
Thousand metric tonnes

1,200

1,100

1,000

900

800

700

600

1,043 

1,039 

1,010 

788 

772 

Portland & Geelong

385.7

349.1

 10.5 

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

Manufactured product for sale

1,745.6

1,762.1

(0.9)

Annual Production

Lost Production due to Derailment

$mill
Domestic Sales & Marketing
International Sales & Marketing

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Manufacturing

960.8
280.6

1,082.4
328.5

(11.2)
(14.6)

1,241.4

1,410.9

(12.0)

75.3

191.9

(60.8)

6.1%

13.6%

Phosphate Hill produced 1,010 thousand metric tonnes of 
ammonium phosphates in 2016, slightly below the record 
annual production of 1,043 thousand metric tonnes achieved 
in 2015. It did so despite a train derailment in late December 
2015 that interrupted rail services for several weeks. As 
disclosed at the half year, the derailment caused 
approximately 29 thousand metric tonnes of lost ammonium 
phosphates production. The year also included four record 
production months as well as record ammonia production.

In November 2015, IPL announced that it had entered an 
agreement providing gas to Phosphate Hill from the 
commencement of supply from the Northern Gas Pipeline 
(anticipated in 2019), through to 2028. This ten year supply 
will reduce IPL’s gas costs by $55m per annum versus IPL’s 
gas cost at the time of the announcement.

In March 2016, IPL announced that it had entered into an 
agreement for gas supply to Phosphate Hill in calendar years 
2017 and 2018, reducing IPL’s gas costs by approximately 
$20m per annum compared with IPL’s gas cost at the time 
of that announcement. This bridging contract will cease once 
supply from the Northern Gas Pipeline commences.

Domestic Sales & Marketing

Revenue from Domestic Sales & Marketing decreased 11 
percent as compared to 2015. This was largely due to a 
decline in fertiliser prices but somewhat offset by favourable 
foreign exchange movements. Weather also played a factor 
during the year, with wet conditions in the grain growing 
regions driving record demand for top-dress nitrogen during 
the June to August period. However, subsequent higher 
rainfall, including the wettest September on record for much 
of the east coast of Australia, slowed demand in all regions 
as many areas became too wet for fertiliser application.

Distribution margin recovered during 2016 due to improved 
position management and BEx initiatives.

International Sales & Marketing

Revenue from International Sales & Marketing decreased by 
15 percent as a result of lower fertiliser prices.

Outlook

The wetter than average conditions in the second half of 
2016 have the potential to drive increased fertiliser demand 
in 2017. However, depressed global fertiliser prices may 
persist in the short term. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

14

 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

Americas

Explosives

FY16 EBIT(1) 
Contribution

Ame rica s
35%

(1)  Excludes elimination

The Americas business comprises three downstream sectors, 
consisting of:

•  Explosives;
• 
•  Fertilisers. 

Industrial Chemicals; and

As with the Asia Pacific business, downstream operations 
market and sell the output of fully integrated upstream 
Global Manufacturing assets and third party sourced 
products. 

EBIT from Americas decreased $22.1m or US$22.9m in 2016. 
The following commentary is based on local currency of US$. 

AMERICAS

US$mill

Explosives
Industrial Chemicals

Fertilisers

Revenue

Explosives

Industrial Chemicals

Fertilisers

EBIT

EBIT margin

A$mill

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Year Ended 30 September

2016

2015

Change %

705.3
97.3

44.2

846.8

95.7

17.6

4.9

118.2

14.0%

829.3
117.3

49.5

996.1

109.9

7.6

23.6

141.1

14.2%

1,150.6

1,268.7

159.6

13.9%

181.7

14.3%

(15.0)
(17.1)

(10.7)

(15.0)

(12.9)

 131.6 

(79.2)

(16.2)

(9.3)

(12.2)

Notes
1. Translation A$/US$ exchange rate

0.74

0.79

(6.0)

Through Dyno Nobel, IPL provides ammonium nitrate based 
explosives, initiating systems and services to the Coal, Base 
& Precious Metals and Quarry & Construction sectors 
primarily in the US, Canada and Mexico. As in the Asia Pacific 
business, ammonium nitrate is often sold in conjunction with 
higher margin proprietary initiating systems and services.

Asia Pacific
65%

Dyno Nobel is the second largest industrial explosives 
distributor in North America by volume. It supplies 
manufactured and third party ammonium nitrate to the  
Coal sector in the Powder River Basin, Illinois Basin and 
Appalachia, and to the Base & Precious Metals sector in  
the US midwest, US west and Canada. It also provides 
ammonium nitrate to the Quarry & Construction sector in  
the southern US, northeast US and Canada. 

Explosives comprised 81 percent of Americas business 
earnings in 2016 and declined 13 percent as compared to 
2015. This was driven by a contraction in the Coal, Base & 
Precious Metals and Quarry & Construction sectors. These 
movements are discussed in detail below.

EXPLOSIVES

Coal
Base & Precious Metals
Quarry & Construction

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Manufacturing

Year Ended 30 September

2016 
US$mill

2015 
US$mill

Change 
%

187.8
196.6
321.0

705.3

258.1
246.5
324.8

(27.2)
(20.2)
(1.2)

829.3

(15.0)

95.7

109.9

(12.9)

13.6%

13.3%

In North America, Dyno Nobel manufactures ammonium 
nitrate at its Cheyenne, Wyoming and Louisiana, Missouri 
plants. The Cheyenne, Wyoming plant is adjacent to the 
Powder River Basin, North America’s most competitive 
thermal coal mining region. The Louisiana, Missouri plant has 
a competitive logistic footprint from which to support mining 
in the both Appalachia and the Illinois Basin.

Production from the Cheyenne, Wyoming and Louisiana, 
Missouri plants contracted during 2016, reflecting lower 
market demand and mirrored the broader contraction in 
regional demand for ammonium nitrate. Despite this market-
related contraction, the Cheyenne, Wyoming plant delivered 
its second highest ammonia production result to date.

Initiating systems are manufactured at Dyno Nobel’s facilities 
in Connecticut, Kentucky, Illinois, Missouri, Chile and Mexico, 
and are also sourced from DetNet.

15

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
Coal 

Quarry & Construction

43 percent of Americas ammonium nitrate volume sold was 
supplied to the Coal sector in 2016, the majority of which 
was supplied to thermal coal mines in the Powder River 
Basin. In aggregate, sales to the Coal sector comprised 26 
percent of Americas Explosives revenue. 

Volume to the Coal sector contracted 22 percent in 2016 as 
compared to 2015. This contraction was in part a 
consequence of excess coal inventory levels at electrical 
generators evident at the beginning of the period. Powder 
River Basin, Dyno Nobel’s core region, fared better than the 
Illinois Basin and Appalachia, largely due to lower coal 
production costs.

Demand for initiating systems and services also contracted 
during the period in line with demand for ammonium  
nitrate volume.

28 percent of Americas ammonium nitrate volume sold was 
supplied to the Quarry & Construction (Q&C) sector in 2016. 
Dyno Nobel has a leading position in this sector. Sales to 
Q&C comprised 46 percent of Americas Explosives revenue 
and benefits from a favourable mix of high grade explosives 
and proprietary initiating systems and services. 

Ammonium nitrate volume sold to Q&C grew 2 percent in 
2016, following 11 percent growth in 2015. Growth 
moderated in the second half with a slowdown in energy 
infrastructure markets. In aggregate, revenue from Q&C 
contracted 2 percent in the year reflecting product mix.

Americas Explosives 
Volume

Americas Explosives 
Revenue

Americas Explosives 
Volume

Americas Explosives 
Revenue

Qua rry & 
Construction
28%

Qua rry & 
Construction
46%

Therma l
Coa l
25%

Met Coa l
1%

Therma l 
Coa l
41%

Met Coa l
2%

Base & Precious Metals

28 percent of Americas ammonium nitrate volume sold was 
supplied to the Base & Precious Metals sector in 2016, the 
majority of which was supplied to iron ore mines in the US 
midwest and west. Sales to the Base & Precious Metals 
sector comprised 28 percent of Americas Explosives revenue.

Ammonium nitrate volume to the Base & Precious Metals 
sector contracted in 2016. This was largely driven by 
subdued commodity prices, particularly during the first half 
of the year, but benefited from tariffs imposed in March 
2016 on steel imports into the US. Demand for initiating 
systems and services contracted during the period in tandem 
with ammonium nitrate demand.

Americas Explosives 
Volume

Americas Explosives 
Revenue

B a se  & 
P recious 
Meta ls
28%

B a se  & 
P recious 
Meta ls
28%

Outlook

The Explosives sector is expected to remain challenged 
through 2017 with an oversupply of ammonium nitrate and 
ongoing customer cost focus. 

The sector may benefit from a five-year US$305Bn US 
highway spending bill announced in December 2015 that 
includes US$205Bn for highways and US$48Bn for transit 
projects.

Industrial Chemicals

The Americas business manufactures and distributes 
industrial chemicals under the Dyno Nobel brand in the US. 
These products include ammonium nitrate solution, CO2, DEF 
and nitric acid, and are produced at the Louisiana, Missouri; 
Cheyenne, Wyoming; and St Helens, Oregon plants. 

A ramp up of production at Waggaman, Louisiana will 
contribute significant revenue to this segment in 2017.

EBIT from Industrial Chemicals increased US$10.0m as 
compared to 2015, reflecting net income from Waggaman, 
Louisiana related contractual arrangements, which was 
partially offset by other operational factors.

INDUSTRIAL CHEMICALS

Revenue

EBIT

Outlook 

Year Ended 30 September

2016
$USmill

2015
$USmill

Change
%

97.3

17.6

117.3

(17.1)

7.6

131.6

Industrial Chemicals earnings is expected to grow as the 
Waggaman, Louisiana plant ramps up. Earnings will be 
impacted by global ammonia prices and US natural gas 
prices. In 2017, the plant is expected to average 80 percent 
of nameplate capacity as it ramps up to full production.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

16

 
Directors’ Report

Fertilisers

Dyno Nobel manufactures and distributes nitrogen-based 
fertilisers in the United States at two locations:

•  St Helens, Oregon: Urea and UAN; and
•  Cheyenne, Wyoming: Urea and UAN.

EBIT from Fertilisers comprised 4 percent of Americas 
business earnings and declined 79 percent as compared to 
2015. As with the Asia Pacific business, this was driven 
primarily by declining global fertiliser prices, but somewhat 
offset by stronger manufacturing performance and 
efficiencies achieved in the fertiliser supply chain.

Year Ended 30 September

FERTILISERS

Thousand metric tonnes

Plant

2016

2015

UAN
UAN

St Helens, OR
Cheyenne, WY

54.4
198.3

53.1
194.0

Manufactured product for sale

252.7

247.1

Change 
%

 2.4 
 2.2 

 2.3 

US$mill

Revenue

EBIT

EBIT margin

Manufacturing

44.2

4.9

49.5

23.6

(10.7)

(79.2)

11.0%

47.7%

The St Helens and Cheyenne plants together produced 
253,000 mt of UAN in 2016, a 2 percent increase on 2015.  
St Helens underwent an eight-week turnaround that spanned 
both 2015 and 2016 equally (four weeks in each year).

America UAN Production
Thousand metric tonnes

288 

230 

247 

253 

300

200

100

0

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

Cheyenne, Wyoming

St Helens, Oregon

Outlook

Fertiliser earnings in 2017 will remain subject to movements 
in commodity prices, in particular ammonia, urea and UAN. 

17

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
Principal Risks

Set out below are the principal risks and uncertainties associated with IPL’s business and operations. These risks, which may occur 
individually or concurrently, could significantly affect the Group’s business and operations. There may be additional risks unknown 
to IPL and other risks, currently believed to be immaterial, which could become material. In addition, any loss from such risks may 
not be recoverable in whole or in part under IPL’s insurance policies. The treatment strategies do not remove the risks, but may in 
some cases either partially or fully mitigate the exposure.

The Group’s process for managing risk is set out in the Corporate Governance Statement (Principle 7: Recognise and manage risk).

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

General economic and business conditions

Changing 
global 
economic and 
business 
climate

The current global economic and business climate and 
any sustained downturn in the North American, South 
American, Asian, European or Australian economies may 
adversely impact IPL’s overall performance. This may 
affect demand for industrial explosives, industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers and related products and 
services, and profitability in respect of them.

•  Diversification across explosives and fertilisers markets in 
numerous geographical locations helps spread exposures.

•  BEx provides long term sustainable competitiveness and 

business fluidity, through its focus on continuous 
improvement in productivity and efficiency. 

•  Continuous review of country specific risks enables proactive 

management of potential exposures. 

Commodity 
price risks

Pricing for fertilisers, ammonia, ammonium nitrate and 
certain other industrial chemicals are linked to 
internationally traded commodities (for example, 
ammonia, ammonium phosphates and urea); price 
fluctuations in these products could adversely affect 
IPL’s business. The pricing of internationally traded 
commodities is based on international benchmarks and 
is affected by global supply and demand forces.

Weaker hard and soft commodity prices (particularly 
coal, iron ore, gold, corn, wheat, cotton and sugar) could 
have an adverse impact on the Group’s customers and 
has the potential to impact the customers’ demand, 
impacting volume and market prices.

•  The Group seeks to maintain low cost positions in its chosen 
markets, which helps its businesses to compete in changing 
and competitive environments.

•  Sales and Operations Planning (S&OP) process helps 

inventory management to reduce price risk of stock on 
hand.

• 

IPL employs a “value at risk” framework with respect to its 
Australian fertiliser operations. This allows the business to 
better manage its short and medium term exposures to 
commodity price fluctuations while taking into account its 
commercial obligations and the associated price risks. 

•  To ensure volume and price commitments are upheld, the 
Group works with its customers and enforces customer 
supply contracts.

•  Where commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated 

through contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, 
the Group may enter into derivative contracts where 
available on a needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However, in 
some instances price risk exposure cannot be economically 
mitigated by either contractual arrangements or derivative 
contracts.  

External 
financial risk

The appreciation or depreciation of the A$ against the 
US$ may materially affect IPL’s financial performance. 

• 

A large proportion of IPL’s sales are denominated either 
directly or indirectly in foreign currencies, primarily the 
US$. 

In addition, IPL also borrows funds in US$, and the A$ 
equivalent of these borrowings and the interest payable 
on them will fluctuate with the exchange rate.

Other financial risks that can impact IPL’s earnings 
include the cost and availability of funds to meet its 
business needs, compliance with terms of financing 
arrangements and movements in interest rates.

IPL’s capital management strategy is aimed at maintaining 
an investment grade credit profile to allow it to optimise 
the weighted average cost of capital over the long term 
while maintaining an appropriate mix of US$/A$ debt, 
provide funding flexibility by accessing different debt 
markets and reduce refinance risk by ensuring a spread of 
debt maturities. A detailed discussion of financial risks is 
included in Note 16 (Financial Risk Management).

•  Group Treasury undertakes financial risk management in 
accordance with policies approved by the Board. Hedging 
strategies are adopted to manage, to the extent possible 
and appropriate, currency and interest rate risks. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

18

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Industry 
structure and 
competition 
risks

Customer risks

IPL operates in highly competitive markets with varying 
competitor dynamics and industry structures. 

• 

The actions of established or potential competitors could 
have a negative impact on sales and market share and 
hence the Group’s financial performance.

The balance between supply and demand of the 
products that IPL manufactures and sells can greatly 
influence prices and plant utilisation. The structural shift 
in the North American power sector, which has seen a 
movement away from coal-fired energy production and 
towards natural gas, has placed increased pressure on 
existing customers (therefore giving rise to increased 
cost pressure on inputs to their supply) and has also 
resulted in reduced demand for their outputs. 

Reduced demand for steel inputs (in particular iron ore 
and metallurgical coal) can lead to a decrease in 
demand for explosives in these industries. 

IPL’s fertiliser operations compete against manufacturers 
with lower input costs and potentially having regulatory 
and economic advantages. A competitive market may 
also lead to the loss of customers which may negatively 
impact earnings. 

IPL has strong relationships with key customers for the 
supply of products and services. These relationships are 
fundamental to the Group’s financial performance, on 
which the loss of key customer(s) may have a negative 
impact. This is particularly relevant to the Explosives 
sectors where supply contracts tend to be longer term 
and significant high value customers are represented. 

Customer(s)’ inability to pay their accounts when they 
fall due, or inability to continue purchasing from the 
Group due to financial distress, may expose the Group 
to customer credit risks. 

Product 
quality and/
or specification 
risk

IPL manufactures or produces product to specific 
customer and industry specifications and statutory 
parameters. The Group is exposed to financial and 
reputational risk if these standards, requirements and 
limits are not met. 

IPL seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in its 
chosen markets, whilst maintaining quality product and 
service offerings. This focus on cost and quality positions its 
business units to compete over the medium to longer term 
in changing and competitive environments. 

•  Where practical, IPL prefers to engage in long term 
customer and supply contractual relationships.

•  Pricing and risk management processes exist in all 

businesses.  

•  Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL 
prefers to engage in long term customer contractual 
relationships.

•  The Group attempts to diversify its customer base to reduce 
the potential impact of the loss of any single customer.

•  Sales and customer plans are developed in line with IPL’s 

strategy. 

•  The Group manages customer credit risks by establishing 

credit limits by customer, as well as monitoring and actively 
managing overdue amounts within policy guidelines.

•  From time to time, the Group purchases trade credit 

insurance to minimise credit risk. 

• 

IPL operates and manufactures products using detailed 
quality management systems. Quality assurance plans are in 
place for manufactured products intermediaries, procured 
products and raw materials. 

•  Certificates of Analysis are provided for bulk shipments of 

fertiliser into export markets.  

Oversupply of 
ammonium 
nitrate in Asia 
Pacific and 
Americas

New ammonium nitrate capacity has recently been or is 
soon to be introduced in both the Asia Pacific and 
Americas geographic regions. In both instances, the 
markets are predominantly domestically supplied and 
the new capacity may create a supply/demand 
imbalance. 

•  Where practical, for customers in the Explosives sector, IPL 
prefers to engage in long term customer contractual 
relationships.

• 

IPL seeks to maintain competitive cost positions in its chosen 
markets, whilst maintaining quality product and service 
offerings.  

19

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Operational risks

Production, 
transportation 
and storage 
risks

IPL’s operations are inherently dangerous. IPL operates 
15 key manufacturing and assembly sites and is 
exposed to operational risks associated with the 
manufacture, transportation and storage of fertilisers, 
ammonium nitrate, initiating systems, industrial 
chemicals and industrial explosives products. 

IPL’s manufacturing systems are vulnerable to 
equipment breakdowns, energy or water disruptions, 
natural disasters and acts of God, unforeseen human 
error, sabotage, terrorist attacks and other unforeseen 
events which may disrupt IPL’s operations and 
materially affect its financial performance. 

Timely and economic supply of key raw materials 
represents a potential risk to the Group’s ability to 
supply.

Natural gas 
supply and 
price risk

Natural gas is one of the major inputs required for the 
production of ammonia and therefore is a critical 
feedstock for IPL’s nitrogen manufacturing operations. 
Availability and quality of natural gas are both key 
factors when sourcing supply. Potential disruption of 
supply also poses a risk.

The Group has various natural gas contracts and supply 
arrangements for its plants. In respect of the Australian 
fertiliser operations there is a risk that a reliable, 
committed source of natural gas at economically viable 
prices may not be available following the expiry of 
current contractual arrangements. The cost of natural 
gas impacts the variable cost of production of ammonia 
and can influence the plants’ overall competitive 
position.

•  HSE management system is in place with clear principles 

and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 
and across all sites. Incidents are reported and investigated, 
and learnings are shared throughout the Group.

•  Appropriate workers’ compensation programs are in place 
globally to assist employees who have been injured while 
at work, including external insurance coverage.

•  Management undertakes risk identification and mitigation 

strategies across all sites.

• 

IPL undertakes business continuity planning and disaster 
preparedness across all sites. 

•  Global industrial special risk insurance is obtained from a 
variety of highly rated insurance companies to ensure the 
appropriate coverage is in place. The policies insure the 
business, subject to policy and retention limits, from 
damage to its plants and property and the associated costs 
arising from business interruptions.

•  Where possible, flexible supply chain and alternative 
sourcing solutions are maintained as a contingency. 

•  The S&OP process and inventory management practices 
provide flexibility to deal with short term disruptions. 

•  The Group has strict processes around the stewardship, 

movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and other 
chemicals.  

•  The Group has medium term gas contracts in place for its 

Australian manufacturing sites, with the exception of Gibson 
Island in respect of which contracted gas supply is in place 
through to September 2018. The contracts have various 
tenures and pricing mechanisms. As part of normal 
operations, IPL explores new gas supply arrangements 
where appropriate. 

•  The US natural gas market is a liquid market, with offtake 

facilitated by an extensive pipeline infrastructure and pricing 
commonly referenced to a quoted market price. The 
Americas business has short term gas supply arrangements 
in place for its gas needs with market referenced pricing 
mechanisms. 

•  Gas supply has been substantially contracted for the 

Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant for its first five years 
of production with pricing determined by reference to the 
price for gas traded through the Henry Hub. 

• 

In respect of the Americas business (including the 
Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant), there is some ability 
to hedge gas prices and the Group reviews its approach to 
gas hedging in the US on a regular basis.  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

20

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Sulphuric acid 
cost and supply 
into Phosphate 
Hill

Sulphuric acid is a major raw material required for the 
production of ammonium phosphates. Approximately 40 
percent of Phosphate Hill’s sulphuric acid needs come 
from processing metallurgical gas sourced from 
Glencore’s Mt Isa Mines copper smelting facility. 

Glencore has confirmed that Mt Isa Mines has the 
necessary environmental authority to operate to 2022. 
Alternative sources of sulphuric acid are likely to 
negatively impact the cost of producing ammonium 
phosphates at the Phosphate Hill facility. The quantum 
of the impact will depend on the future availability and 
price of sulphur and/or sulphuric acid and the prevailing 
A$/US$ rate.

Sulphuric acid supply into Phosphate Hill may be 
negatively impacted from a volume and/or price 
perspective, after the closure of the Mt Isa Mines copper 
smelter. 

•  The Group has several sources of sulphuric acid for supply 

for Phosphate Hill. Along with sulphuric acid produced from 
metallurgical gas capture, Mt Isa produces sulphuric acid 
from burning imported elemental sulphur. Phosphate Hill’s 
operations are also supplemented with sulphuric acid 
purchased directly from a domestic smelter to meet total 
sulphuric acid requirements for the production of 
ammonium phosphates. In addition, Phosphate Hill uses 
phosphoric acid reclaimed from its gypsum stacks in place 
of sulphuric acid. It is unlikely that the majority of the lost 
sulphuric acid sourced from Glencore could be replaced but 
the cost impact is yet to be determined. 

•  The Mt Isa site is a leased site, with a lease contract in place 
with Mt Isa Mines to 2028. Accordingly, IPL would be able to 
continue to produce sulphuric acid at Mt Isa (albeit at a 
higher cost) by burning elemental sulphur until 2028, should 
the copper smelter operation cease before that time.

Phosphate Rock

Phosphate rock, used in the manufacture of both 
ammonium phosphates and single superphosphate 
fertilisers, is a naturally occurring mineral rock.

•  At its own facility in Phosphate Hill, IPL mines phosphate 
rock which is used for the production of ammonium 
phosphates at that facility. 

Phosphate rock is an internationally traded commodity 
with pricing based on international benchmarks and is 
affected by global supply and demand forces. Its cost for 
single superphosphate manufacturing purposes is also 
impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange 
rates, particularly the A$/US$ rate. Fluctuations in either 
of these variables can impact the cost of IPL’s single 
superphosphate manufacturing operations, as these 
operations rely on rock imported from limited foreign 
supply sources. 

•  Phosphate rock is used in the production of single 

superphosphate at IPL’s Geelong and Portland operations. 
IPL seeks to diversify the sources of supply of rock (subject 
to certain requirements regarding the composition of the 
rock, including cadmium and odour considerations) required 
for these operations by sourcing it from a number of 
international suppliers (albeit that the sources of supply are 
limited). 

A shortage of skilled labour or loss of key personnel 
could disrupt IPL’s business operations or adversely 
affect IPL’s business and financial performance. IPL’s 
manufacturing plants require skilled operators drawn 
from a range of disciplines, trades and vocations.

IPL has operations in regional and remote locations 
where it can be difficult to attract and retain critical and 
diverse talent.

• 

IPL’s scale provides some, albeit limited, ability to relocate 
staff to cover shortages or losses of critical staff.

•  The Group has policies and procedures, including flexible 
working arrangements and competitive compensation 
structures, designed to help attract and retain workforce.

•  Management identifies critical roles and attempts to 
implement policies to help ensure that appropriate 
succession and retention plans are in place. 

Seasonal conditions (particularly rainfall), are a key factor 
for determining demand and sales of explosives and 
fertilisers. Any prolonged adverse weather conditions 
could impact the future profitability and prospects of IPL.

Some plants are located in areas that are susceptible to 
extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, tropical 
storms and tornadoes. 

•  The S&OP process incorporates forecasting which enables 

scenario planning and some supply flexibility. Forecasts are 
based on typical weather conditions and are reviewed 
monthly as the seasons progress to help align supply to 
changing demand. 

•  Safety and evacuation plans are in place for all personnel 

and sites. 

•  The Group endeavours to include force majeure clauses in 

agreements where relevant.
Insurance policies are in place across the Group.  

• 

Labour

Weather

21

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Ramp-up 
and initial 
operations of 
the Waggaman, 
Louisiana 
ammonia plant

While performance testing has been successfully 
completed and management and operation of the 
plant has transitioned to IPL, there is a potential risk of 
the plant not performing to the level expected and/or 
not maintaining stable operations, particularly in its 
first year of operation following commissioning.

Waggaman, 
Louisiana 
ammonia 
plant offtake 
and logistics 
capability risk

Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant has a nameplate 
production capacity of 800,000mt per annum. With a 
plant of this size, notwithstanding storage capacity on 
site, there is a risk that if production is not sold and 
effectively moved into the market, plant uptime and 
earnings may be negatively impacted.  

•  Management will ensure that operations are conducted 

consistent with Group-wide standards and processes, and 
will draw on Group resources to assure this and assist in 
addressing concerns.

•  Management identifies critical roles and, where possible, 
ensures that appropriate recruitment, succession and 
retention plans are in place so that there are appropriate 
skilled and experienced personnel equipped to deal with 
issues that may arise. A comprehensive training framework 
has also been implemented with all operating staff 
undergoing training within the framework.  

• 

IPL enjoys certain contractual protections by way of 
warranties and defect rectification following handover of 
the plant. 

•  The Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant has a 100 

percent committed offtake, with supply contracts in place 
with the Americas business (internal), Cornerstone 
Chemical Company and Trammo Inc. 

•  The Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant logistics 

capability allows for the offtake to be distributed via rail, 
truck, barge and pipeline. In total, the plant has a logistics 
capability of approximately 200 percent of the plant 
production capacity, providing flexibility and allowing for 
future growth.

•  The Group’s S&OP process and inventory management 
practices provide flexibility and assurance to deal with 
short term disruptions.  

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

22

Directors’ Report

Risk

Description and potential consequences

Treatment strategies employed by IPL

Compliance, regulatory and legal risk

Compliance, 
regulatory  
and legal risk

Changes in federal or state government legislation, 
regulations or policies in any of the countries in which 
IPL operates may adversely impact its business, 
financial condition and operations, or the business, 
financial condition and operations of IPL’s customers 
and suppliers. This includes changes in domestic or 
international laws relating to sanctions, import and 
export quotas, and geopolitical risks relating to 
countries with which IPL, or its customers and 
suppliers, engages to buy or sell products and 
materials. In addition, changes in tax legislation or 
compliance requirements in the jurisdictions in which 
IPL, or its customers and suppliers, operates, or 
changes in the policy or practices of the relevant tax 
authorities in such jurisdictions, may result in 
additional compliance costs and/or increased risk of 
regulatory action, including potential impact on 
licenses to operate.

IPL’s business, and that of its customers and suppliers, 
is subject to environmental laws and regulations that 
require specific operating licences and impose various 
requirements and standards. Changes in these laws 
and regulations (for example, increased regulation of 
coal fired energy generation in the US and the 
imposition of carbon trading schemes), failure to abide 
by the laws and/or licensing conditions, or changes to 
licence conditions, may have a detrimental effect on 
IPL’s operations and financial performance, including 
the need to undertake environmental remediation, 
financial penalties or ceasing to operate. 

IPL is exposed to potential legal and other claims or 
disputes in the course of its business, including 
contractual disputes, and property damage and 
personal injury claims in connection with its 
operations. 

•  Management, through the Managing Director & CEO and 
the Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for the overall 
design, implementation, management and coordination of 
the Group’s risk management and internal control system.

•  Each business unit has responsibility for identification and 
management of risks specific to the business. This is 
managed through an annual risk workshop, risk register 
and internal audits aligned to the material business risks.

•  Corporate functions are in place to provide sufficient 
support and guidance to ensure regulatory risks are 
identified and addressed within the business well in 
advance. 

•  Country regulatory risk is regularly reviewed through the 

Group’s risk management framework.

•  Where possible, IPL appoints local business leaders and 

management teams who bring a strong understanding of 
the local operating environment and strong customer 
relationships.

•  Comprehensive HSE management system is in place with 
clear principles and policies communicated to employees. 

•  HSE risk management strategies are employed at all times 
and across all sites. Incidents are reported and investigated 
and learnings are shared throughout the Group.

•  The Group has strict processes regarding the stewardship, 
movement and safe handling of dangerous goods and 
other chemicals.

• 

IPL engages with governments and other key stakeholders 
to ensure potential adverse impacts of proposed fiscal, tax, 
infrastructure access and regulatory changes are 
understood and, where possible, mitigated.

Loss or 
exposure of 
sensitive data

Sensitive data, relating to IPL, its employees, 
associates, customers or suppliers may be lost or 
exposed, resulting in a negative impact on the Group’s 
reputation. 

•  Policies, procedures and practices are in place regarding 

the use of company information, personal storage devices 
and IT security.

•  External testing is performed to assess the security of the 

Group’s IT systems.  

23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Introduction from the Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

Dear Shareholders,

On behalf of the Remuneration Committee and the Board, I am pleased to present the Remuneration Report for 2016 which  
sets out the remuneration information for the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, the Executive Team and the non-
executive directors.

2016 financial year remuneration outcomes

The 2016 financial result was achieved in the face of challenging conditions, with the Group’s financial performance largely 
reflecting the continued global decline in fertiliser prices as well as the structural and cyclical challenges impacting the Group’s  
end markets.  

As a result, the only short term incentives awarded under the 2016 plan were in relation to the successful completion of the 
Louisiana Ammonia Project as well as the Group’s safety performance. No short term incentives were awarded in relation to the 
Group’s financial performance.

Similarly, in relation to the long term incentive plan, no performance rights will vest in respect of the performance period which 
ended on 30 September 2016.  

2017 financial year remuneration approach 

We expect that 2017 market conditions will continue to be challenging. As was the case for the 2016 financial year, the Board has 
determined that there will be no increase to non-executive director fees nor to the fixed annual remuneration for the executives 
for the 2017 financial year.

In relation to the “at risk” or performance related component of the executives’ remuneration for the 2017 financial year, the 
incentive opportunities available to the executives for both the short term incentives and long term incentives will remain 
unchanged. However, the Board has made changes to the structure of the at risk remuneration applicable to the executives for the 
2017 financial year as follows: 

•  Short term incentive: 30% of the opportunity in 2017 will be allocated to achievement of the BEx OFI program which was 

announced during the 2016 financial year in recognition of the importance of this program in aligning IPL’s cost base with the 
structural and cyclical shifts in the Company’s markets. Safety, which remains a critical objective, comprises 10% of the short 
term incentive plan opportunity, with the remaining 60% of the plan opportunity reflecting financial (EPS and EBIT) objectives.

•  Long term incentive: Consistent with market practice of balancing a market based measure (such as total shareholder return) 
with internal financial measures, the Board has approved the introduction of growth in Return on Equity as an additional 
internal financial measure into the long term incentive (along with the existing performance conditions relating to relative TSR 
and Strategic Initiatives of the Company). This additional measure, which will have a 30% weighting within the long term 
incentive plan, has been chosen as a performance condition as it rewards the improvement in the efficiency with which the 
Company uses the capital entrusted to it. As a result of the introduction of the Return on Equity performance condition, the long 
term incentive plan structure has been amended such that 40% of the opportunity under the plan will relate to the TSR 
performance condition, with the remaining 30% relating to the Strategic Initiative performance condition.

Further details of the changes to the at risk remuneration for IPL’s executives for 2017 are set out in section 2.3 of the  
Remuneration Report.

The Board invites you to consider the 2016 Remuneration Report. We welcome feedback on the Company’s remuneration approach 
in supporting IPL’s business strategy.

John Marlay
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

24

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Contents

Section

1.  Introduction

2.  Executive Remuneration & Governance

2.1  Executive Remuneration Strategy

2.2  Executive Remuneration Governance

2.3  Overview of Remuneration changes for the 2017 financial year

3.  2016 Executive Remuneration Framework

3.1  Overview

3.2  Fixed annual remuneration

3.3  Short term incentive

3.4  Long term incentive

3.5  LTI performance conditions

4.   Remuneration outcomes in 2016 financial year and link to  

2016 financial year performance

4.1  Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

4.2  2015/16 STI Outcomes

4.3  2013/16 LTI Outcomes

4.4  LTI: Performance related remuneration

4.5  Further details of Executive remuneration

5.  Executives – Summary of terms of employment

5.1  MD & CEO

5.2  Executives

5.3  Service agreement terms

6.  Non-Executive Director Remuneration

7.   Shareholdings in IPL

8.   Other KMP Disclosures

25

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Page

26

26

26

27

27

28

28

29

29

31

32

34

34

35

35

36

38

40

40

40

40

41

42

42

1. 

Introduction

The directors of IPL present the Remuneration Report prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) for the Group for 
the year ended 30 September 2016. This Remuneration Report is audited.

This Remuneration Report sets out remuneration information for Key Management Personnel (KMP) who had authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group during the 2016 financial year, being each of the 
non-executive directors and the Executives. The use of the term “Executives” in this report is a reference to the Managing Director 
& Chief Executive Officer (MD&CEO) and each of his direct reports (current and former) during the 2016 financial year. Refer to 
Table 1 below for all individuals comprising IPL’s KMP for the 2016 financial year.

Table 1: Individuals forming IPL’s KMP for the 2016 financial year

Non-executive Directors

Mr Paul Brasher
Ms Kathryn Fagg
Mr Gregory Hayes
Mr John Marlay
Ms Rebecca McGrath
Mr Graham Smorgon AM

Executives

Current
Mr James Fazzino
Mr Frank Micallef
Mr Simon Atkinson(1)
Ms Leah Balter(2)
Mr Alan Grace(1)
Ms Elizabeth Hunter(1)
Former
Mr Stephen Dawson(1)
Mr Gary Kubera(3)
Mr James Whiteside(4)

Chairman and Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director
Independent, Non-executive Director

Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Incitec Pivot Fertilisers
President, Strategy & Business Development
President, Global Manufacturing
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services

President, Manufacturing Operations
President, Dyno Nobel Americas
Chief Operating Officer, Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

(1)  With effect from 7 June 2016, Mr Atkinson, Mr Grace and Ms Hunter’s roles were expanded from President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific & Global Technology (Mr 

Atkinson), President, Strategic Engineering (Mr Grace) and Chief Human Resources Officer (Ms Hunter), to the roles noted above. In addition, also with effect from 
this date, Mr Dawson ceased to be a member of the Executive Team and a KMP.

(2)  On 1 August 2016, Ms Balter commenced employment with the Company and became a KMP. 
(3)  On 30 August 2016, Mr Kubera resigned and he ceased employment with the Company on 30 September 2016.
(4)  On 4 November 2015, Mr Whiteside resigned and he ceased employment with the Company on 4 December 2015.

2.  Executive Remuneration & Governance

2.1  Executive Remuneration Strategy

IPL is a diversified industrial chemicals company. The Company recognises that to generate competitive returns for its shareholders, 
it requires talented people who are capable, committed and motivated. IPL’s remuneration strategy is designed to support the 
objectives of the business and enable the Group to attract, retain and reward Executives of the necessary skill and calibre. 

The key principles of the Company’s remuneration strategy are to:

•  reward strategic outcomes at both the Group and business unit level that create top quartile long term shareholder value;

•  encourage integrity and disciplined risk management in business practice;

•  drive strong alignment with shareholder interests through delivering part of the reward in the form of equity;

•  structure the majority of executive remuneration to be “at risk” and linked to demanding financial and non-financial 

performance objectives;

•  reward Executives for high performance within their role and responsibilities, and ensure rewards are competitive within the 

industry and market for their role in respect of pay level and structure; and

•  ensure the remuneration framework is simple, transparent and easily implemented.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

26

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

2.2  Executive Remuneration Governance

The remuneration of the Executives is set by the Board, having regard to recommendations from the Remuneration Committee. 
Remuneration arrangements for Executives are reviewed annually in accordance with IPL’s remuneration strategy. 

Where appropriate, the Remuneration Committee engages external advisors to provide input to the process of reviewing Executive 
and non-executive director remuneration. For the 2016 financial year, the Remuneration Committee received market and 
benchmarking data from Ernst & Young and KPMG, both of whom were engaged by and reported directly to the Remuneration 
Committee. The information provided by Ernst & Young and KPMG did not constitute a remuneration recommendation for the 
purposes of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth). 

Further information in relation to the Board and the Remuneration Committee can be found in the IPL’s Corporate Governance 
Statement available on IPL’s website.

2.3  Overview of Remuneration changes for the 2017 financial year 

During the 2016 financial year, the Board reviewed the design of the Company’s remuneration arrangements, in particular, the 
structure and design of the short term incentives and the long term incentives for the Executives. In undertaking its review, the 
Board recognised that the successful completion of the Louisiana ammonia plant marks a significant step in executing on IPL’s 
strategy. The Company will continue to focus on maximising the operational efficiency of its operating assets, which now includes 
the Louisiana ammonia plant. Further, in response to the current economic environment, in particular, the structural and cyclical 
challenges in IPL’s end markets (and more specifically, the continued decline in fertiliser prices), the Company has implemented 
the BEx OFI program, as announced during the 2016 financial year, through which the Company is targeting delivery of $100 
million in cash benefits (comprising $80 million of operating efficiencies which will be reflected in the income statement and $20 
million of capital expenditure savings) by the end of the 2017 financial year.

Within the above context, the Board determined to implement changes to the remuneration arrangements for the Executives for 
the 2017 financial year. The changes outlined below are consistent with the Board’s historical approach of aligning the Executives’ 
at risk remuneration with the Company’s strategic intent of delivering top quartile performance through the cycle as measured 
against S&P/ASX 100 companies. While IPL operates in inherently cyclical commodity markets, the Board considers that the targets 
for at risk remuneration should consistently reflect outcomes that represent top quartile performance of the S&P/ASX 100 
regardless of the prevailing economic environment in which the Company is operating (that is, through the fertiliser and 
commodity price cycle). 

Short term incentive (STI) 

In relation to the STI, while the broad structure of the existing STI plan has been retained, the Board has made design 
enhancements to the performance conditions for the 2017 STI as well as to their weighting as explained in the table below: 

Current Structure 

New Structure 

Rationale 

Performance conditions:

Performance conditions:

•  Zero Harm (10% weighting).  

•  Zero Harm (10% weighting). 

•  Group and Business Unit  

Financial Performance (60% – 
90% weighting, depending on 
Executive’s role). 

•  Group and Business Segment 
Financial Performance (60% 
weighting for all Executives). 

• 

Individual strategic objectives/
other business specific priorities 
(up to 30% weighting). 

•  Group wide strategic outcomes 

(30% weighting). This component 
has been restructured as a Group 
wide strategic outcomes 
performance condition applicable 
to all Executives, with objectives 
which can be financially measured. 
For the 2017 financial year, the 
measure for this performance 
condition will be the achievement 
of the BEx OFI program.

27

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Safety remains the only non-financial measure 
in the STI program. The retention of a 10% 
weighting for this performance condition 
recognises that Zero Harm forms the basis of 
the Company’s right to operate. This condition 
will continue to be based on a balanced 
scorecard of safety measures. 

In recognition of the importance of the 
achievement of financial outcomes, the  
STI remains heavily weighted towards the 
Group and Business Segment Financial 
performance condition which has the  
highest weighting at 60%. 

The inclusion of the BEx OFI program as  
the measure for the strategic outcomes 
performance condition recognises the financial 
importance of this program in aligning IPL’s  
cost base with the structural and cyclical shifts 
in the Company’s markets. In recognition of  
the importance of achieving this measure, a 
30% weighting has been allocated to this 
performance condition. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long term incentive (LTI) 

In relation to the LTI performance rights plan for the performance period commencing 1 October 2016 and ending on 30 
September 2019 (LTI 2016/19), the Board has introduced an additional condition relating to Growth in Return on Equity, and the 
conditions have been re-weighted as explained in the table below. 

Current Structure  New Structure 

Rationale 

Two performance  
conditions:
•  Relative TSR  

(70%  
weighting).

•  Strategic  
Initiative  
(30%  
weighting). 

Three performance conditions: 
•  Relative TSR (weighting decreased to 40%).
•  Strategic Initiative (30% weighting maintained). This performance 

condition previously comprised two components (equally 
weighted) being the successful delivery of the Louisiana Ammonia 
Project and BEx. With the commissioning of the Louisiana 
ammonia plant, BEx, which continues as a major strategic 
initiative to maintain operational excellence, will become the sole 
component for the Strategic Initiative performance condition. The 
BEx Strategic Initiative Condition will continue to be focussed on 
incentivising the delivery of sustainable productivity 
improvements, with three performance goals linked to business 
system maturity, productivity benefits and manufacturing plant 
uptime, each of which can drive improved financial performance. 
The performance goal relating to productivity benefits includes, for 
the first year of the LTI 2016/19 plan, the operating efficiencies 
from the BEx OFI program. The BEx OFI program is a relevant 
measure for both the 2017 STI and the LTI 2016/19 as it is the 
program through which the Company will achieve a step change 
in productivity during the 2017 financial year as well as being the 
foundation on which the Company’s long term sustainable 
productivity benefits are built. To achieve the performance goal 
within the LTI 2016/19, the Executives must initially deliver 
operating efficiencies from the BEx OFI program in the first year of 
the plan. However, it is important to note that delivery of the BEx 
OFI operating efficiencies will not, of itself, satisfy the criteria for 
this performance goal. In assessing whether any award is to be 
made in relation to this goal, the operating efficiencies achieved 
from the BEx OFI program in year 1 of the LTI 2016/19 must be 
preserved in years 2 and 3 and, additionally, further productivity 
targets are also prescribed for years 2 and 3 of the plan. 
Furthermore, the balanced scorecard for this condition comprises 
three performance goals, of which productivity is only one goal.
•  Introduction of a third performance condition, being Growth in 

Return on Equity (weighting 30%). 

The changes to the LTI design have been 
considered in the context of IPL’s 
strategy, with the Company moving 
from a period of significant investment, 
to a period focussed primarily on 
maximising operational efficiency of the 
Group’s existing assets. The introduction 
of growth in Return on Equity, as an 
additional performance condition, is 
consistent with market practice of 
balancing a market based measure 
(such as relative TSR) with an internal 
financial metric. Growth in Return on 
Equity has been chosen as it is a widely 
recognised and reported measure and is 
a key determinant of efficient use of the 
capital entrusted to management by 
shareholders. The stretch measure under 
this condition requires compound annual 
growth of 11% over the performance 
period. In order to ensure that the 
Executives do not pursue growth in 
return on equity through inappropriate 
use of debt, a gateway will be placed 
on the performance condition requiring 
the Company to maintain an investment 
grade credit rating. Further details in 
relation to the LTI 2016/19 are disclosed 
in the 2016 Notice of Annual General 
Meeting.

In addition to the changes outlined above, where an Individually Material Item (IMI) is separately recognised in the financial report, the 
Board will have discretion to include or exclude an IMI for the purposes of determining any STI or LTI award taking into account the nature 
of the IMI, and having regard to whether, in the circumstances, it would be appropriate for the IMI to be attributable to the Executives.

3.  2016 Executive Remuneration Framework
3.1   Overview
In alignment with its remuneration strategy, the Board’s policy on Executive remuneration is that it comprises both a fixed 
component (fixed annual remuneration (FAR)) and an “at risk” or performance-related component (STI and LTI) where: 
(i)   the majority of executive remuneration is “at risk”; and
(ii)  the level of FAR for Executives will be benchmarked against that paid for similar positions at the median of companies in a 

comparator group with a range of market capitalisations (50% – 200% of that of the Group). 

The tables below set out the relative proportion of the Executives’ total remuneration package for the 2016 financial year:

MD & CEO

Fixed
33%

FAR
33%

STI
33%

Fixed
33%

LTI
34%

STI
33%

Other Executives

STI
36%

FAR
33%

At Risk
67%

Fixed
36%

At Risk
67%

FAR
36%

LTI
34%

FAR
36%

At Risk
64%

Fixed
36%

LTI
28%

STI
36%

LTI
28%

At Risk
64%

In calculating the “at risk” compensation as a proportion of total remuneration for the 2016 financial year for each Executive, the 
maximum entitlement that could potentially be awarded under the STI or LTI was taken into account. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

28

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

3.2   Fixed annual remuneration
Executives receive their fixed remuneration in a variety of forms, including cash, superannuation, and any applicable fringe 
benefits. The Executives’ FAR is set by reference to appropriate benchmark information for each Executive’s role, level of 
knowledge, skill, responsibilities and experience. The level of remuneration is reviewed annually in alignment with the financial 
year and with reference to, among other things, Company performance and market data provided by an appropriately qualified 
and independent external consultant.

For the 2016 financial year, the Board determined that the Executives’ FAR would not be increased. Refer to Table 7 for details of 
the Executives’ FAR for the 2016 financial year. For the 2017 financial year, the Board has again determined that there will be no 
increase in the FAR for the Executives in respect of their current roles. 

3.3   Short term incentive
The STI is an annual “at risk” cash incentive which is dependent on the achievement of particular performance measures.  
The following table summarises the STI plan that applied in the 2016 financial year (2016 STI):

What was the  
performance 
period?
Who was eligible 
for the STI?

What was the  
target and  
maximum STI  
opportunity?
What were the 
Performance 
Conditions and 
Measures?

The performance period for the 2016 STI was the financial year from 1 October 2015 to 30 September 
2016.

Participation was at the Board’s discretion. The MD&CEO and all Executives participated in the 2016 
STI, save for Ms Balter who commenced employment on 1 August 2016 and Mr Whiteside who ceased 
employment with the Company on 4 December 2015.
Target STI levels were 50% of FAR for all Executives. Maximum STI (for stretch outcomes) was capped at 
100% of FAR for all Executives.

Performance conditions under the STI are determined by the Board for each financial year.  
The performance conditions for the 2016 STI are set out below: 

Performance 
Conditions

Measures to assess satisfaction  
of Performance Condition

Rationale for the  
Performance Conditions

Group Financial 
Performance 

Business Unit 
Financial 
Performance

Zero Harm

Growth in EPS (before IMIs)(1).

To align with the Company’s strategic intent of 
achieving top quartile performance as measured 
against S&P/ASX 100 companies.

EBIT which includes a cash conversion 
measure, such that part of the STI was linked 
to the percentage of EBITDA (EBIT before 
depreciation and amortisation) of the 
relevant business unit that was converted to 
operating cash flow.

To ensure robust alignment of performance in a 
particular business unit with reward for the 
Executive managing that business unit. The 
inclusion of a cash conversion requirement within 
the EBIT performance measure ensures a focus on 
driving both profit and cash generation.

Safety performance balanced scorecard, 
comprising objectives relating to:
•  risk management, permit to work and job 

step analysis processes;

•  safety leadership; and
•  safety targets for recordable injuries and 

injury severity.

To align with the Company’s commitment to “Zero 
Harm for Everyone, Everywhere”. In 2012, the 
Company adopted its five year Global HSE Strategy 
to drive continued improvement in the Group’s 
health, safety and environmental performance 
which set a target of achieving TRIFR of less than 
1.0 by the end of 2016. 
For the 2016 STI, the Zero Harm performance 
condition was established as a balanced scorecard 
comprising leading and lagging indicators. The 
balanced scorecard was introduced with the aim of 
driving a greater focus on core safety processes to 
enable a reduction in injury severity as well as 
injury frequency and to set the foundation for a 
step change in process safety management.

To drive performance and behaviours consistent 
with achieving critical aspects of the Group’s 
strategy.

Strategy and 
business specific 
priorities

Measures based on performance outcomes 
from the execution and implementation of 
strategic objectives and business priorities. 
These included measures relating to:
•  manufacturing performance, in particular, 
turnaround execution and production 
outcomes from major operations;

•  BEx and productivity;
•  the Company’s major capital investments 
and projects (eg. the Louisiana Ammonia 
Project); and

•  the Company’s customers and markets.

(1)  In the event of an IMI, the Board retains a discretion to include the IMI for the purpose of calculating the STI award having regard to the 

nature of the IMI.

Satisfaction of the above measures was based on a review by the Board of the audited financial report and 
performance of the Group for the financial year, following the annual performance review process for the Executives.

29

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Are there 
minimum 
performance 
levels which 
must be 
achieved  
before awards 
can be made 
under the STI?

What were the 
weightings for  
the STI 
performance 
measures?

To ensure STI awards are aligned with business performance outcomes, the Board has determined that a 
minimum level of financial performance, known as the “STI Gate”, must be met before any awards can 
be made. If financial performance does not meet the STI Gate, no awards are made under the STI, save 
that the STI Gate does not apply to any awards payable in relation to the Zero Harm performance condition 
reflecting the primacy of safety. In addition, for the 2016 STI, the STI Gate did not apply to the measures 
relating to the Louisiana Ammonia Project (WALA). 

For the 2016 financial year, the STI Gates were:

•  for Group roles (marked * in Table 2 below), Group financial performance was required to meet the EPS 

growth threshold which was determined by the Board by reference to the prior year EPS performance; and

•  for Business Unit roles (marked ** in Table 2 below), Group financial performance was required to meet 
80% of the prior year NPAT and Business Unit EBIT was required to meet the relevant Business Unit EBIT 
threshold (including the cash conversion measure).

In relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, the Board retains a discretion to forfeit all or part of 
the award payable for this performance condition in the event of a fatality or life threating incident having 
regard to the circumstances of the incident. 

The STI performance measures weightings for the Executives for the 2016 STI were:

Table 2 

Executives – Current

J Fazzino*
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef*
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson**
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
& Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

A Grace*
President, Global Manufacturing

E Hunter*
Chief Human Resources Officer  
& Shared Services

Executives – Former

S Dawson*
President, Manufacturing  
Operations

G Kubera**
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

Financial

Growth  
in EPS 
(before  
IMIs)

Business  
Unit  
EBIT

Non-financial/business

Maximum STI  
opportunity

Manufacturing/
BEx

Safety

WALA

Human  
capital

Strategic 
objectives/
customers/
markets

90%

90%

10%

10%

100%

100%

20%

60%

10%

10%

100%

20%

70%

10%

10%

60%

10%

20%

20%

10%

70%

100%

100%

100%

20%

60%

10%

10%

100%

*Group role **Business Unit role
Ms Balter commenced as a KMP on 1 August 2016 and was not a participant in the 2016 STI.
Mr Whiteside ceased as a KMP on 4 December 2015 and was not a participant in the 2016 STI. 

Was there a 
mechanism for 
clawback and 
deferral?

The 2016 STI included a clawback provision, which requires the repayment of all or part of any STI awarded 
within three years after a payment is made in the event of a material misstatement which results in a 
restatement of the audited financial report.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

30

 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

3.4   Long term incentive

The LTI is the long term incentive component of remuneration for Executives. The LTI is provided in the form of performance rights. 

What LTI plans 
were applicable 
for the 2016 
financial year?

The LTI Plans applicable to the 2016 financial year were the:

•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2013/16 (LTI 2013/16); 
•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2014/17 (LTI 2014/17); and
•  Long Term Incentive Performance Rights Plan for 2015/18 (LTI 2015/18),
(together, the LTI Plans).

Under the LTI Plans, participants are entitled to acquire ordinary shares in the Company, on a one right to 
one share basis, for no consideration at a later date. The performance rights are issued by Incitec Pivot 
Limited and the entitlement of the participants to acquire ordinary shares is subject to the satisfaction of 
certain conditions. As no shares are transferred to participants until exercise, performance rights have no 
dividend entitlement. Performance rights expire on vesting or lapsing of the rights.

What is the 
purpose of the 
LTIs?

The LTI is designed to link reward with the key performance drivers which underpin sustainable growth  
in shareholder value. As rights under the LTI Plans result in share ownership on the achievement of  
demanding targets, the LTI ties remuneration to Company performance, as experienced by shareholders. 
The arrangements also support the Company’s strategy for retention and motivation of the Executives.

What is the 
process for 
determining 
eligibility?

What is the 
maximum LTI 
opportunity 
under the LTI 
Plans?

How was the 
number of 
performance 
rights calculated 
under the LTI 
Plans?

What are the 
performance 
conditions, 
performance 
period and  
status of the  
LTI Plans?

The decision to grant performance rights under the LTI Plans and to whom they will be granted is made 
annually by the Board, noting that the grant of performance rights to the Managing Director is subject 
to shareholder approval. Grants of performance rights to participants are based on a percentage of the 
relevant Executive’s FAR. 

The maximum LTI opportunities under each LTI Plan are:
•  for the MD&CEO, 100% of FAR; and
•  for all other Executives, 80% of FAR.

For the LTI 2013/16, LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18, the number of performance rights issued to a partici-
pant was based on the market value of the Company’s shares and was determined by dividing the dollar 
value of the relevant participant’s LTI opportunity by the Company’s volume weighted average share price 
over the 20 business days up to but not including the first date of the relevant performance period.

LTI Plan

Performance  
Conditions

Weighting of  
Performance  
Condition

Performance  
Period

Status

LTI 2013/16

•  TSR Condition 
•  EPS Condition 

50%
50%

1 October 2013 to  
30 September 2016

LTI 2014/17

LTI 2015/18

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

70%
30%

Condition 

•  TSR Condition 
•  Strategic Initiatives 

70%
30%

Condition 

1 October 2014 to  
30 September 2017

1 October 2015 to  
30 September 2018

Performance period completed. 
Following testing in November, 
the Board determined that no 
performance rights will vest 
under this plan.

Testing to occur after 
completion of performance 
period.

Testing to occur after 
completion of performance 
period.

The performance conditions are determined by the Board annually. Refer to section 3.5 for a discussion of 
the performance conditions.

When are the 
performance 
conditions 
measured?

After the expiry of the relevant performance period, the Board determines whether the performance 
conditions of the LTI Plans are satisfied. The performance conditions are tested once, at the end of the 
relevant performance period. If the performance conditions are satisfied and the rights vest, the participant 
is entitled to acquire ordinary shares in the Company. The participant does not pay for those shares.

If the performance conditions are not satisfied during the performance period, the performance rights  
will lapse.

31

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

What happens 
if a participant 
leaves the 
Group?

Generally, the performance rights granted under the LTI Plans will lapse on a cessation of employment 
except where the participant has died, becomes totally and permanently disabled, is retrenched or retires. 
In those circumstances, the performance rights will be reduced pro rata to the proportion of days worked 
during the relevant performance period. 

The Board may provide a notice to the Participants specifying that the performance rights will vest at a 
time stipulated in the notice on the occurrence of one of the following events in relation to the Company: 
•  a takeover bid;
•  a change of control; 
•  the Court ordering a meeting be held in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company 

or its amalgamation with any other companies; or

•  a voluntary or compulsory winding-up.

In what other 
circumstances 
may the 
performance 
rights vest 
(which may be 
before or after 
the expiry of 
the performance 
period) under 
the LTI Plans?

3.5   LTI performance conditions

For the LTI 2013/16, the performance conditions were measured by reference to the relative Total Shareholder Returns of IPL, 
measuring TSR against companies in the S&P/ASX 100 (TSR Condition) and the compound annual growth rate on Earnings Per 
Share (before IMIs) over the performance period (EPS Condition). For the LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18, the performance 
conditions are measured by reference to the TSR Condition and the Company’s Strategic Initiatives. Details of the performance 
conditions for each of the LTI 2013/16, LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18 are set out below. 

EPS Condition

The EPS Condition is applicable to the LTI 2013/16. EPS measures the earnings generated by the Company attributable to each IPL 
share. EPS was chosen as it represents a measure of overall business performance and aligns remuneration with sustainable 
growth in shareholder value creation.

The table below sets out the EPS Condition, and the percentage of the performance rights that will vest based on satisfaction of 
this condition:

% Compound annual growth rate on EPS

% of performance rights subject to the EPS Condition that will vest

Less than 6%

Nil

At or greater than 6% but less than 12.5% pa

Pro rata from 50% on a straight line basis

At 12.5% pa or greater

100%

TSR Condition

The TSR Condition (applicable to each of the LTI 2013/16, LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18) requires growth in the Company’s total 
shareholder returns to be at or above the median of the companies in the comparator group, being the S&P/ASX 100. This 
condition provides shareholder alignment as it takes into account the Company’s share price movement as well as dividends paid, 
relative to other organisations comparable to the Company. The S&P/ASX 100 has been chosen as the comparator group because, 
having regard to the business segments in which the Group operates and, specifically, the absence of a sufficient number of direct 
comparator companies, the Board considers the S&P/ASX 100 to represent the most appropriate, and objective, comparator group. 
It also represents the group of companies against which the Company competes for shareholder capital.

The table below sets out the TSR Condition, and the percentage of the performance rights that will vest based on satisfaction of 
this condition.

Relative TSR ranking of IPL

Less than 50th percentile

% of performance rights subject to the TSR Condition that will vest

Nil

At or greater than 50th percentile but less than 75th percentile

Pro rata from 50% on a straight line basis

At 75th percentile or greater

100%

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

32

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Strategic Initiatives Condition

The Strategic Initiatives Condition relates to the delivery of significant aspects of the Board approved strategy. The Strategic 
Initiatives Condition was introduced for the first time in 2014 and applies to the LTI 2014/17 and the LTI 2015/18. For these two 
plans, the Strategic Initiatives Condition comprises two equal components: (i) the Louisiana Ammonia Project; and (ii) Business 
Excellence System. The table below summarises each of these two components:

Strategic  
Initiatives Condition 
component

Louisiana Ammonia 
Project 

(Applies to 15% of 
the performance 
rights in a grant)

Business Excellence 
(BEx) System 

(Applies to 15% of 
the performance 
rights in a grant)

Rationale

Scorecard

The Louisiana Ammonia 
Project at Waggaman, 
Louisiana underpins the 
future growth of the Dyno 
Nobel Americas business 
and will create long term 
shareholder value. 

BEx is the Company’s 
business and continuous 
improvement system, 
through which the 
Company seeks to enhance 
productivity on a 
sustainable basis utilising 
“lean” business methods. 
The LTI performance goals 
in relation to BEx are 
focussed on incentivising 
the delivery of sustainable 
productivity improvements, 
rather than one-off 
benefits.

Measurement criteria

Performance goals

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will be 
measured against a Project 
Scorecard comprising 
performance goals based on 
the Project business case, as 
approved by the Board in 
April 2013, related to the 
following key performance 
indicators:

•  safety, 
•  capital cost,
•  plant efficiency, 
•  output and EBITDA. 

Safety: TRIFR for the Louisiana 
Ammonia Project to be less than or 
equal to the IPL Group TRIFR.

Capital cost (only applicable to the LTI 
2014/17): as per Project business case 
(US$850 million) excluding capitalised 
interest.

Plant efficiency: as per Project 
business case (32MMBtu of gas per 
metric tonne of ammonia).

Output and EBITDA: Output and EBITDA 
measures consistent with the project 
business case for Year 1 (in the case of 
the LTI 2014/17) and Year 2 (in the 
case of the LTI 2015/18).

Performance in relation to this 
component of the Strategic 
Initiatives Condition will be 
assessed against a Scorecard 
comprising performance goals 
related to:

Business system maturity:  
An absolute improvement in Business 
Excellence system maturity over the 
performance period, with the final 
maturity score to be verified by an 
independent third party.

•  Business system maturity 

(practices)

•  Cumulative productivity 
benefits (performance)

•  Manufacturing plant 

uptime (performance)

Cumulative productivity benefits: 
Delivery of cumulative savings over the 
performance period against targets 
approved by the Board. 

Manufacturing plant uptime:  
Plant uptime measured across specified 
manufacturing plants, with target 
performance at the end of the 
performance period to be at 75th 
percentile (which reflects world class 
performance for ammonia and 
ammonium phosphate plants globally) 
adjusted for plant age.

Details of the Scorecards and specific performance goals for each component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition were notified to 
Executives on commencement of each applicable LTI plan. These performance goals involve commercial-in-confidence quantitative 
targets and, as such, complete details of the performance goals will be disclosed at the end of the performance period in the 2017 
Remuneration Report (in relation to the LTI 2014/17) and the 2018 Remuneration Report (in relation to the LTI 2015/18).

The Board will determine the outcome for each of the two components of the Strategic Initiatives Condition under each LTI plan 
having regard to the results achieved against the performance goals across the entirety of the Scorecards for each of those 
components. If the Board determines that all of the performance goals in respect of a component of the Strategic Initiatives 
Condition have been achieved, all of the performance rights subject to that component will vest. 

If not all performance goals in respect of a component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition are met over the performance period, 
the extent to which that component of the Strategic Initiatives Condition has been satisfied (if at all) will be determined by the 
Board. In doing so, the Board will have regard to the results achieved against the performance goals across all of the components 
of the relevant Scorecard, without applying a specific weighting to any particular performance goal. 

33

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

4.    Remuneration outcomes in 2016 financial year and link to 2016 financial year performance

4.1  Analysis of relationship between the Group’s performance, shareholder wealth and remuneration

In considering the Group’s performance, the benefit to shareholders and appropriate remuneration for the Executives, the Board, 
through its Remuneration Committee, has regard to financial and non-financial indices, including the indices shown in the below 
table in respect of the current financial year and the preceding four financial years.

Table 3 – Indices relevant to the Board’s assessment of the Group’s performance and the benefit to shareholders 

2012

2013

2014

Net Profit After Tax excluding non-controlling interests (NPAT) (before IMIs) ($m)

 404.7 

 293.5 

356.3

Earnings Per Share (EPS) (before IMIs) (cents) 

 24.8 

 18.0 

21.7

Dividends – paid in the financial year – per share (DPS (paid)) (cents) 

 11.5 

 12.5 

Dividends – declared in respect of the financial year – per share (DPS (declared)) (cents) 

 12.4 

9.2

Share price ($) (Year End) 

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) (%)(1) 

 2.98 

 2.69 

4

(16)

9.3

10.8

2.71

(7)

2015

398.6

2016

295.2

23.8

11.7

11.8

3.90

43

17.5

11.5

8.7

2.82

14

(1)  For the 2012 financial year, the TSR was based on a 3 year compound rate per annum. For the 2013 financial year and subsequent financial years, TSR is calculated 
in accordance with the rules of the LTI 2010/13, LTI 2011/14, LTI 2012/15 and LTI 2013/16 as applicable over the 3 year performance period, having regard to the 
volume weighted average price of the shares over the 20 business days up to but not including the first and last day of the performance period.

Relationship between the Group’s performance and STI outcomes

This graph illustrates the relationship between the Group’s 
performance and STI awards in respect of the current financial 
year and the preceding four financial years. In the 2012 and 
2013 financial years, EPS (before IMIs) decreased 24% and 
27% respectively and, accordingly, no awards were made 
under those plans. In the 2014 financial year, with EPS (before 
IMIs) growing 21% to 21.7cps, partial awards were made to 
Executives under the 2014 STI plan. Similarly, in the 2015 
financial year, EPS (before IMIs) increased by 9.7% to 23.8cps 
and, as a result, certain Executives earned awards in full in 
respect of this performance measure. For the 2016 financial 
year, with EPS (before IMIs) declining by 26.5% to 17.5 cps, no 
awards were made under the 2016 STI, save for in relation to 
the successful completion of the Louisiana Ammonia Project as 
well as the Group’s safety performance.

Relationship between the Group’s performance and LTI outcomes

This graph illustrates the relationship between IPL’s Absolute 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) and its percentile ranking 
relative to its S&P/ASX 100 peer group. Over the five 
performance periods outlined, IPL’s TSR outranked the 50th 
percentile TSR for the ASX 100 peer group for the 2012–2015 
performance period with a 53rd percentile ranking. As a 
consequence, the LTI 2012/15 partially vested as outlined in 
the 2015 Annual Report (28.33% of the performance rights 
granted). The performance rights in the 3 previous plans 
(LTI 2009/12, LTI 2010/13, LTI 2011/14) did not meet the 
performance conditions of the plans (including a TSR condition) 
and lapsed. IPL’s absolute TSR for the 2013–2016 period was 
14% with a ranking against the ASX 100 peer group at the 
36th percentile (rounded). The treatment of the performance 
rights for LTI 2013/16, which were subject to both relative TSR 
and growth in Earnings per Share, is outlined in section 4.3 of 
this report. Absolute TSR was positive for 3 out of the 5 periods 
reported. 

Group performance and STI outcomes

Cents

)
S
I
M

I

E
R
O
F
E
B
(

E
R
A
H
S

R
E
P

I

S
G
N
N
R
A
E

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Earnings per share (before IMIs)

Total STI payout

IPL Absolute TSR % and ASX 100 Percentile Ranking

R
S
T

E
T
U
L
O
S
B
A
L
P

I

%

50

40

30

20

10

0

-10

-20

$mill

T
U
O
Y
A
P

I
T
S

L
A
T
O
T

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

%

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

0
0
1

X
S
A
N

I

I

G
N
K
N
A
R

E
L
I
T
N
E
C
R
E
P

L
P

I

2009–2012

2010–2013

2011–2014

2012–2015

2013–2016

IPL Absolute TSR

IPL Percentile Ranking in ASX 100

Notes:
(1)  The absolute TSR for IPL and for the ASX100 has been calculated using the 

methodology noted in Table 3 above.

(2)  The percentile ranking for the LTI 2009/12 is not available as only absolute 

TSR was measured under this plan.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

4.2   2016 STI Outcomes

The only awards made to Executives in relation to the 2016 STI were in respect of Zero Harm performance and the completion of 
the Louisiana Ammonia Project. In relation to the Zero Harm performance condition, which was not subject to the STI Gate, this 
comprised a balanced scorecard across objectives relating to key safety processes, safety leadership and targets. On assessment of 
the scorecard results, Executives were awarded 95% of the maximum STI opportunity (10%) for this performance condition in 
recognition of the outstanding safety performance in 2016. The scorecard objectives relating to safety processes and safety 
leadership were achieved and while the TRIFR for the 2016 financial year increased slightly from the prior year, it remained well 
below the 5 year HSE target (of less than 1). Importantly, the Company also achieved a significant improvement in key safety 
metrics including a 70% reduction in Employee Lost Day Severity Rate and a 61% reduction in Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate. 

Mr Alan Grace also earned a partial STI award for his role in overseeing the successful construction and commissioning of the 
Louisiana Ammonia Project. Mr Grace’s award was 75% of the maximum STI opportunity (60%) for this performance condition.

With the exception of the above, no awards were made under the 2016 STI in relation to the financial performance conditions or 
other business specific performance conditions as the Group financial performance and the Business Unit financial performance did 
not meet the applicable STI Gates.

Table 4 – Short term incentives awarded for the year ended 30 September 2016

Details of the vesting profile of the STI payments awarded for the year ended 30 September 2016 as remuneration to each 
Executive are set out below:

Short term incentive for the year ended 30 September 2016

Included in remuneration 
$000

% earned

% forfeited 

Executives – Current
J Fazzino 
F Micallef
S Atkinson
A Grace
E Hunter
Executives – Former
S Dawson
G Kubera

212
87
73
416
55

50
75

9.5
9.5
9.5
54.5
9.5

9.5
9.5

90.5
90.5
90.5
45.5
90.5

90.5
90.5

Ms Balter was not a participant in the 2016 STI as she commenced employment with the Company on 1 August 2016. 
Mr Whiteside was not a participant in the 2016 STI as he ceased employment with the Company on 4 December 2015.

4.3   2013/16 LTI Outcomes

The performance period for the LTI 2013/16 ended on 30 September 2016. Following testing against the performance conditions, 
the Board determined in November 2016 that as neither the EPS Condition nor the TSR Condition had been met, no performance 
rights would vest under the LTI 2013/16. Details of the lapsed rights under the LTI 2013/16 will be reported in the 2017 
Remuneration Report.

35

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

4.4   LTI: Performance related remuneration 

Table 5 – Details of long term incentives granted and vested in the year ended 30 September 2016 and the vesting profile of 
long term incentives granted as remuneration
The movement during the reporting period, by value, of rights for the purposes of remuneration held by each Executive and the vesting 
profile of long term incentives granted as remuneration are detailed below. Details of performance rights vested and forfeited set out in 
the table below relate to the performance rights granted under the LTI 2012/15 (performance period: 1 October 2012 to 30 September 
2015), which, following testing in November 2015, partially vested in the 2016 financial year. In relation to the LTI 2013/16 (performance 
period: 1 October 2013 to 30 September 2016), following testing in November 2016, the Board determined that no performance rights 
would vest under the LTI 2013/16. This will be reported in the 2017 Remuneration Report. 

Key Management  
Personnel

Executives – Current
J Fazzino

F Micallef

S Atkinson 

L Balter
A Grace

E Hunter

Executives – Former

S Dawson

G Kubera

J Whiteside

LTI plan

Grant date

Granted during 2016 
as remuneration(A) 
$000 

Exercised  
in year 
$000

Vested 
in year 
% 

Forfeited 
in year 
% 

Financial year  
in which grant 
may vest 

Maximum value of 
outstanding rights(B) 
$000 

2012/15
2013/16
2014/17 
2015/18
2012/15
2013/16
2014/17 
2015/18
2012/15
2013/16
2014/17 
2015/18
2015/18
2012/15
2013/16
2014/17 
2015/18
2013/16
2014/17 
2015/18

2012/15
2013/16
2014/17 
2015/18
2014/17 
2015/18
2012/15
2013/16
2014/17

25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014 
21 January 2016
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014 
21 January 2016
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014 
21 January 2016
25 August 2016
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014 
21 January 2016
6 January 2014
30 December 2014 
21 January 2016

25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014 
21 January 2016
5 February 2015 
21 January 2016
25 January 2013
6 January 2014
30 December 2014

 – 
 –  
–
1,025
 –
– 
 – 
337 
 –
– 
 – 
281 
275
– 
– 
– 
281
 – 
– 
213

– 
– 
– 
281
– 
315
– 
– 
– 

318 
– 
– 
–
105 
– 
– 
–
72 
– 
– 
–
–
68 
– 
– 
–
– 
–

87 
– 
– 
–
–
– 
87 
– 
–

28 
– 
– 
–
28 
– 
– 
–
28 
– 
– 
–
–
28 
– 
– 
–
– 
–

28 
– 
– 
–
–
– 
28 
– 
–

72 
– 
– 
–
72 
– 
– 
–
72 
– 
– 
–
–
72 
– 
– 
–
– 
–

72 
– 
– 
–
33
67
72 
27 
61

2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2019
2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2017
2018 
2019

2016
2017 
2018 
2019
2018 
2019
2016
2017 
2018

– 
1,524 
1,746 
1,025
– 
502 
575 
337
– 
 346 
479 
281
275
– 
418 
479 
281
299 
364 
213

– 
 418 
479 
281
212 
105
– 
303 
188

(A)  The value of rights granted in the year is the fair value of those rights calculated at grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of these rights 
is included in the table below. This amount is allocated to the remuneration of the applicable Executive over the vesting period (that is, in the 2016, 2017 and 2018 
financial years).

LTI 2012/15 - TSR

LTI 2012/15 - EPS

LTI 2013/16 - TSR

LTI 2013/16 - EPS

LTI 2014/17 - TSR

Grant date

25/01/2013

25/01/2013

6/01/2014

6/01/2014

30/12/2014

LTI 2014/17 - Strategic Initiative

30/12/2014

LTI 2015/18 - TSR

21/01/2016

LTI 2015/18 - Strategic Initiative

21/01/2016

Fair value per share treated  
as rights at grant date

$1.54

$2.86

$1.40

$2.39

$1.99

$2.88

$1.29

$3.06

(B)  The maximum value of outstanding rights is based on the fair value of the performance rights at the grant date. This may be different to the value of the rights in 

the event that they vest. The minimum value of rights yet to vest is $nil, as the performance criteria may not be met.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

36

 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Modification of terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions

No terms of equity-settled share-based payment transactions (including rights) granted to a KMP have been altered or modified by 
the issuing entity during the reporting period.

Table 6 – Movements in rights over equity instruments in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of rights over shares in the Company, held directly, indirectly or 
beneficially, by each KMP, including their related parties, is as follows:

Number of Rights

Key Management Personnel

Opening balance

Granted as compensation(A)

Vested(B)

Forfeited(C)

Closing balance

Executives – Current

J Fazzino

F Micallef

S Atkinson

L Balter

A Grace

E Hunter

Executives – Former

S Dawson

G Kubera

J Whiteside

2,306,411

759,312

560,501

–

589,494

318,732

632,761

140,552

632,761

562,688

185,247

154,372

150,941

154,372

117,171

154,372

172,839

(206,382)

(67,944)

(46,890)

(522,115)

(171,890)

(118,627)

 – 

 – 

(44,363)

(112,232)

 – 

 – 

(56,620)

(143,242)

 – 

 (161,929) 

–

(56,620)

(332,820)

2,140,602

704,725

549,356

150,941

587,271

435,903

587,271

151,462

243,321

(A)  For the 2016 financial year, this represents the rights acquired by Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2015/18.

(B)  For the 2016 financial year, this represents the number of rights that vested during the reporting period under the LTI 2012/15. Each right entitled the participating 

Executive to acquire a fully paid ordinary share in IPL for no consideration.

(C)  For the 2016 financial year, this represents rights that were forfeited by Executives during the reporting period under the LTI 2012/15. In addition, in the case of Mr 
Whiteside who ceased employment during the reporting period, a portion of his rights held under the LTI 2013/16 and the LTI 2014/17 was also forfeited as at the 
date of cessation, in accordance with the plan rules. Similarly, in the case of Mr Kubera who ceased employment on 30 September 2016, a portion of his rights held 
under the LTI 2014/17 and the LTI 2015/18 was forfeited at that date in accordance with the plan rules.

37

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

4.5   Further details of Executive remuneration

Table 7 – Executive remuneration

Details of the remuneration for each Executive for the year ended 30 September 2016 are set out below (noting that for 
individuals who ceased to be KMP in the 2015 financial year, only comparative information is shown in the table).

Short-term benefits

Post- 
employment 
benefits 

Other  
long term 
benefits(C)

Termination 
benefits

Short term 
incentive 
& other 
bonuses(A)

Other 
short  
term 
benefits(B)

Super- 
annuation 
benefits

Salary  
& Fees

Share-based payments

Accounting values

Current  
period 
expense(D)

Prior periods 
expense  
write-back(D)

Total  
share-based 
payments

Total 

Short term
incentive  
& other 
bonuses as a 
proportion of 
remuneration(E)

Year

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

$000

Executives – Current

J Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson(1)
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter
President, Strategy & Business 
Development

A Grace
President, Global Manufacturing

E Hunter(2)
Chief Human Resources Officer  
& Shared Services

Executives – Former

S Dawson
President, Manufacturing Operations

G Kubera(3)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

J Whiteside(4)
Chief Operating Officer,  
Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

J Rintel(5)
President, Strategy & Business 
Development

D McAtee(5)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

Total Executives 

1,111

1,277

(641)

470

2,953

–

1,277

5,584

2016

2,209

212

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2,209

2,005

898 

898

896

745

87

825

73

76

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2016

124

–

300

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

745 

745

545

561

510

745

815

517

134

745

416

535

55

522

50

535

75

56

–

611

–

–

12

30

3

4

48

292

63

 – 

19 

19

19 

19

19 

19

3

19 

19

19 

19

13

19

 – 

 – 

5

19

43

74

24

21

16

16

1

17

17

7

6

15

31

 – 

 – 

2

24

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

–

 – 

 – 

 – 

753

 – 

420

 – 

964

 – 

366

420

296

318

21

305

339

229

221

305

350

211

106

37

350

2015

870

688

–

19

11

–

350

(211)

–

(146)

–

–

(176)

–

(126)

 – 

(176)

–

 – 

 – 

155

420

150

318

1,183

2,183

1,154

1,174

21

449

129

339

103

221

129

350

211

106

1,326

1,655

741

1,359

1,473

1,684

1,569

971

(127)

(90)

1,078

–

–

350

1,749

350

1,938

2015

19

2016

6,876

 – 

968

2015

8,054

5,853

55

426

381

 – 

 – 

 – 

–

(207)

(207)

(133)

116

152

125

200

2,137

2,881

(1,603)

1,278 11,926

–

3,731

(207)

3,524 18,164

%

6

36 

6

38 

6

6

–

28

32

6

38

3

32

5

6

–

35

36

–

7

32 

(A)   Certain STI payments are awarded in US$. Such STI payments were converted to A$ at the spot rate on 30 September 2016, being 1.3113.

(B)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2016: 1 April 2015 to  

31 March 2016) (2015: 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2015), rent and mortgage interest subsidies, relocation allowances and other allowances. For Ms Balter, who 
commenced employment on 1 August 2016, this includes a one off payment of $300,000 (less applicable taxes) for incentives foregone due to cessation of 
employment with her previous employer. Refer to section 5.3 for further details. For Mr Whiteside and Mr Kubera, this includes annual leave paid on cessation of 
employment.

(C)    Other long term benefits represent long service leave accrued during the reporting period. 

(D)   In accordance with accounting standards, remuneration includes the amortisation of the fair value of performance rights issued under the LTI Plans that are 

expected to vest, less any write-back on performance rights lapsed or expected to lapse as a result of actual or expected performance against non-market hurdles 
(“Option Accounting Value”). The value disclosed in the above Table 7 represents the portion of fair value allocated to this reporting period and is not indicative of 
the benefit, if any, that may be received by the Executive should the performance conditions with respect to the relevant long term incentive plan be satisfied. 

(E)   The short term incentive and other bonuses as a proportion of remuneration is calculated based on the short term incentive expense as a proportion of the total 

remuneration (excluding the prior period share-based payment expense write-back).

(1)    Mr Atkinson’s remuneration increased in the 2016 financial year to reflect additional interim duties.

(2)    Ms Hunter’s remuneration decreased in the 2016 financial year due to unpaid leave taken.

(3)    Mr Kubera’s FAR is inclusive of 401K pension contributions. The payments accrued to Mr Kubera in the 2016 financial year included a separation payment of 

US$300,000 in accordance with his employment contract as well as employer contributions to medical and dental benefits in the amount of US$9,336 and accrued 
annual leave of US$39,123. Mr Kubera’s payments were converted from US$ to A$ at the average rate for 1 October 2015 to 30 September 2016, being 1.3588.

(4)    Termination payments received by Mr Whiteside in the 2016 financial year include a separation payment in the amount of $667,304 and long service leave in the 

amount of $296,980.

(5)    Mr Rintel and Mr McAtee ceased to be KMP in the 2015 financial year and, accordingly, the disclosures in this table relate to the 2015 financial year only.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

38

 
 
Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

Table 8 – Actual Pay

The table below provides a summary of actual remuneration paid to the Executives in the 2016 financial year (noting that for 
individuals who ceased to be KMP in the 2015 financial year, only comparative information is shown in the table). The accounting 
values of the Executives’ remuneration reported in accordance with the Accounting Standards may not always reflect what the 
Executives have actually received, particularly due to the valuation of share based payments. The table below seeks to clarify this 
by setting out the actual remuneration that the Executives have been paid in the financial year. Executive remuneration details 
prepared in accordance with statutory requirements and the Accounting Standards are presented in Table 7 of this report. 

Executives – Current
J Fazzino
Managing Director & CEO

F Micallef
Chief Financial Officer

S Atkinson
President, Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific  
and Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

L Balter
President, Strategy & Business Development

A Grace
President, Global Manufacturing

E Hunter
Chief Human Resources Officer & Shared Services

Executives – Former

S Dawson
President, Manufacturing Operations 

G Kubera(1)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

J Whiteside(2)
Chief Operating Officer, Incitec Pivot Fertilisers

J Rintel(3)
President, Strategy & Business Development

D McAtee(3)
President, Dyno Nobel Americas

Total Executives 

Year

2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015

2016

2016
2015
2016
2015

2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015

2015

2015

2016
2015

Other 
Short Term 
benefits(C)

$000

Superannuation  
benefits

Termination  
benefits

$000

$000

Short Term 
Incentive 
& other 
bonuses(B)

$000

2,005
1,730
825
732
76
435

535
519
522
459

535
470
56
–
611
148

643

Salary  
& Fees(A)

$000

2,209 
2,209
898
898
896
745

124

745
745
545
561

510
745
815
482
134
745

889

21

6,876
8,040

364

5,165
5,500

–

300

 – 
 – 
– 

 – 
– 

 – 

 – 
 – 
12
30

3
4
46
292
63
 – 

 – 

55

424
381

Total 

$000

4,233
3,958
1,742
1,649
991
1,199

427

1,299
1,283
1,098
1,069

1,061
1,238
917
774
1,777
912

1,551

440

13,545
14,073

19 
19
19 
19
19 
19

3

19 
19
19 
19

13
19
 – 
–
5
19

19

 – 

116
152

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
964
 – 

 – 

 – 

964
–

(A)   For Mr Kubera, Mr Rintel and Mr McAtee, the salary and fees reported differ from the corresponding amounts reported in Table 7 due to the timing of certain 

payments made to them at year end. 

(B)    Represents short term incentives paid during the 2016 financial year in relation to incentives awarded in respect of the 2015 financial year under the STI 2014/15.

(C)    Other short term benefits include annual leave paid, the taxable value of fringe benefits paid attributable to the fringe benefits tax year (2016: 1 April 2015 to  
31 March 2016) (2015: 1 April 2014 to 31 March 2015), relocation allowances and other allowances. For Mr Whiteside and Mr Kubera, this includes annual leave 
paid on cessation of employment.

(1)    Payments received by Mr Kubera in the 2016 financial year include a payment for accrued annual leave of US$39,123 which was converted from US$ to A$ at the 

average rate for 1 October 2015 to 30 September 2016, being 1.3588.

(2)    Termination payments received by Mr Whiteside in the 2016 financial year include a separation payment in the amount of $667,304 and long service leave in the 

amount of $296,980.

(3)    Mr Rintel and Mr McAtee ceased to be KMP in the 2015 financial year and, accordingly, the disclosures in this table relate to the 2015 financial year only.

39

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

5.   Executives – Summary of terms of employment

5.1  MD & CEO
Mr James Fazzino was appointed as Managing Director & CEO on 29 July 2009. The terms of Mr Fazzino’s appointment as MD & CEO 
are set out in a single contract of service dated 29 July 2009. The contract is unlimited in term but capable of termination. Refer to 
section 5.3 for specific information relating to the terms of Mr Fazzino’s service agreement. 

For the 2016 financial year, Mr Fazzino’s FAR remained at $2,228,245 and did not increase from the 2015 financial year. There will 
again be no increase in Mr Fazzino’s FAR for the 2017 financial year. 

Mr Fazzino participated in the 2016 STI. With EPS decreasing 26.5% to 17.5 cps, no award was made to Mr Fazzino in respect of the 
Group’s financial performance. However, Mr Fazzino was awarded $211,683 in respect of the Zero Harm performance condition 
under the 2016 STI.

Mr Fazzino also participated in the LTI 2013/16. On determination of performance measured against the performance conditions, in 
accordance with the LTI 2013/16 plan rules, no performance rights vested. Mr Fazzino also participates in the LTI 2014/17 and the 
LTI 2015/18, pursuant to which Mr Fazzino was granted 773,696 performance rights (under the LTI 2014/17) and 562,688 
performance rights (under the LTI 2015/18). Each grant was approved by shareholders at the relevant Annual General Meeting. The 
LTI 2014/17 and the LTI 2015/18 are each for a three year period and the performance conditions will not be tested until after 30 
September 2017 and 30 September 2018, respectively. 

Refer to sections 3 and 4 for further details in relation to the Company’s STI and LTI plans, including the outcomes of each plan. 

5.2  Executives
As with Mr Fazzino, remuneration and other terms of employment for the other Executives are also formalised in service 
agreements. Most Executives are engaged on similar contractual terms, with minor variations to address differing circumstances. 
Refer to section 5.3 for specific information relating to the service agreements.

FAR for the Executives comprises salary paid in cash and mandatory employer superannuation contributions. FAR may also come in 
other forms such as fringe benefits (eg motor vehicles). Consistent with the approach taken for Mr Fazzino’s FAR, in relation to the 
other Executives’ FAR, no increase from the 2015 financial year had been made for the 2016 financial year and there will again be 
no increase in the FAR for the 2017 financial year. 

Details of the Executives’ participation in the Company’s STI and LTI plans, including the outcomes of each plan, are set out in 
sections 3 and 4. 

5.3  Service agreement terms
Each Executive service agreement is unlimited in term however each service agreement provides that the Company may terminate 
the Executive’s employment:

• 

immediately for cause, without payment of any separation payment, save as to accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued 
annual leave and long service leave;

•  otherwise, without cause, with or without notice, in which case the Company must pay a separation payment plus accrued fixed 

annual remuneration, accrued annual leave and long service leave. 

The notice period to be provided by the Executive is set out in the table below:

Notice period to be provided by the Executive

Current Executives

J Fazzino
F Micallef
S Atkinson
L Balter
A Grace
E Hunter
Former Executives

S Dawson 
G Kubera
J Whiteside

6 months
13 weeks
13 weeks
13 weeks
8 weeks
13 weeks

13 weeks 
13 weeks
13 weeks

The separation payment included in each Executive’s contract is capped at an amount equivalent to a specified number of weeks  
of FAR for the Executive. Mr Fazzino’s separation payment is equal to 52 weeks of FAR as at the date of termination. All other 
Executives’ contracts provide for a separation payment of 26 weeks of FAR, save for Mr Atkinson, Mr Dawson and Mr Whiteside.  
Mr Atkinson and Mr Dawson’s contracts provide for a separation payment equal to 52 weeks of FAR. Mr Whiteside’s contract 
provides for a separation payment equal to 45.41 weeks of FAR. Additionally, Mr Micallef and Mr Grace’s service agreements 
further provide that IPL may terminate the agreement on notice in the case of incapacity, in which case the Company must pay the 
separation payment plus accrued fixed annual remuneration, accrued annual leave and long service leave.

Ms Balter commenced employment on 1 August 2016. Her contract includes a provision for a $300,000 payment (less applicable 
taxes). This payment compensates Ms Balter for incentives foregone due to cessation of employment with her previous employer 
and is a one off payment. The payment to Ms Balter is disclosed in Tables 7 and 8.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

40

Directors’ Report: Remuneration Report

6.   Non-Executive Director Remuneration

IPL’s policy is to:

•  remunerate non-executive directors by way of fees and payments which may be in the form of cash and superannuation 

benefits; and

•  set the level of non-executive directors’ fees and payments to be consistent with the market and to enable IPL Group to attract 

and retain directors of an appropriate calibre.

Non-executive directors are not remunerated by way of options, shares, performance rights, bonuses nor by incentive-based 
payments.

Non-executive directors receive a fee for being a director of the Board and non-executive directors, other than the Chairman of the 
Board, receive additional fees for either chairing or being a member of a Board Committee. The level of fees paid to a non-
executive director is determined by the Board after an annual review and reflects a non-executive director’s time commitments 
and responsibilities. 

For the 2016 financial year, there were no increases to non-executive directors’ fees. Fees paid to non-executive directors 
amounted to $1,674,000, which was within the $2,000,000 maximum aggregate fee pool approved by shareholders at the 2008 
Annual General Meeting. For the 2017 financial year, the Board has again determined that there will be no increase to non-
executive director fees. The table below sets out the Board and Committee fees as at 30 September 2016: 

Board Fees

Chairperson
Members

Committee Fees

Audit & Risk Management Committee
Chairperson
Members

Remuneration Committee
Chairperson
Members

Health, Safety, Environment & Community Committee
Chairperson
Members

Nominations Committee
Chairperson
Members

$532,500
$177,500

$47,200
$23,600

$35,400
$17,700

$35,400
$17,700

N/A
$8,250

Table 9 – Non-executive directors’ remuneration

Details of the non-executive directors’ remuneration for the financial year ended 30 September 2016 are set out in the  
following table:

Non-executive directors – Current
P Brasher, Chairman

K Fagg

G Hayes

J Marlay 

R McGrath

G Smorgon AM

Non-executive directors – Former
A Larkin
Total non-executive directors 

Board and  
Committee Fees (A)

Fees

$000

514 
514
196 
192
207
202
218 
218
226 
226
202 
202

54
1,563
1,608

Year

2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015
2016
2015

2015
2016
2015

Post-employment benefits

Other long term benefits

Superannuation benefits  

$000

$000

19 
19
17 
17 
18
17
19 
19
19 
19
19 
19

5
111
115

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–

Total

$000

533 
533
213
209
225
219
237 
237
245 
245
221 
221

59
1,674
1,723

(A)  Apart from the fees paid or payable to the non-executive directors, no other short term benefits were paid or are payable in respect of the reporting period.

41

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
7.  Shareholdings in IPL

Table 10 – Movements in shares in the Company

The movement during the reporting period in the number of shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or beneficially, by each 
KMP, including their related parties, is set out in the table below:

Opening balance

Shares acquired

Shares disposed

Closing balance

Number of Shares(A)

Non-executive directors – Current

P Brasher

K Fagg

G Hayes

J Marlay 

R McGrath

G Smorgon AM

Executive directors – Current

J Fazzino 

Executive – Current

F Micallef

S Atkinson

L Balter

A Grace

E Hunter

Executive – Former

S Dawson

G Kubera

J Whiteside

 60,600 

 10,000 

 – 

 37,926 

 18,758 

13,100 

–

 – 

10,000

 – 

–

–

 1,708,180 

206,382

15,800

 3,380 

 – 

75,800

 – 

 23,867 

 – 

 3,500 

68,444

46,890

 – 

44,363

 – 

56,620

 – 

56,620

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(33,500)

 – 

 – 

(44,363)

 – 

(56,912)

 – 

(56,620)

 60,600 

 10,000 

10,000

 37,926 

 18,758 

 13,100 

 1,914,562 

50,744

50,270

 – 

 75,800 

 – 

 23,575 

 – 

 3,500 

(A)    Includes fully paid ordinary shares and shares acquired under IPL’s incentive plans. Details of these plans are set out in note 17, Share-based payments.

8.  Other KMP Disclosures

Loans to KMP 

In the 2016 financial year, there were no loans to KMP or their related parties (2015: nil).

Other KMP transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the 2016 and 2015 financial years with KMP, were on terms and conditions no 
more favourable than those available to other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm 

PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the Group purchased services of $962,735 during the year (2015: $6,534,577).  
Mr Fazzino’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino has not engaged PwC at any time for any assignment.

(2)  The spouse of Ms Fagg is a partner in the accountancy and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased services of 
$494,202 during the year (2015: $443,761). Ms Fagg’s spouse did not directly provide these services. Ms Fagg was not 
involved in any engagement of KPMG.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the directors:

Paul V Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 7th day of November 2016

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

42

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia 

Tel:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

The Board of Directors 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place 
Southbank Victoria 3006 

7 November 2016

Dear Board Members 

Incitec Pivot Limited 

In accordance with section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001, I am pleased to provide the following 
declaration of independence to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited. 

As lead audit partner for the audit of the financial statements of Incitec Pivot Limited for the financial 
year ended 30 September 2016, I declare that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been 
no contraventions of: 

(i)  the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the 

audit; and 

(ii)  any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit.   

Yours sincerely 

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi  
Partner  
Chartered Accountants 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited 

43

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Report

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and  
Other Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements  

Directors’ Declaration on the Consolidated  
Financial Statements set out on pages 45 to 80 

Audit Report 

Shareholder Information 

Five Year Financial Statistics 

46

47

48

49

50

81

82

84

85

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

44

Financial report

Introduction

This is the consolidated financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company, IPL, or Incitec Pivot) a company domiciled in 
Australia, and its subsidiaries, including its interests in joint ventures and associates, (collectively referred to as the Group) for 
the financial year ended 30 September 2016.

Content and structure of the financial report

The notes to the financial statements and the related accounting policies are grouped into the following distinct sections in the 
2016 financial report. The accounting policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Financial performance: Provides detail on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive 
Income and Consolidated Statement of Financial Position that are most relevant in forming an understanding of the 
Group’s financial performance for the year.

Shareholder returns: Provides information on the performance of the Group in generating shareholder returns.

Capital structure: Provides information about the Group’s capital and funding structures.

Capital investment: Provides information on the Group’s investment in tangible and intangible assets, and the Group’s 
future capital commitments.

Risk management: Provides information about the Group’s risk exposures, risk management practices, provisions and 
contingent liabilities.

Other: Provides information on items that require disclosure to comply with Australian Accounting Standards and the 
requirements under the Corporations Act. 

Information is being included in the notes to the financial report only to the extent it is considered material and relevant to 
the understanding of the financial statements. A disclosure is considered material and relevant if, for example:

l 
l 
l 
l 

the dollar amount is significant in size (quantitative factor)
the item is significant by nature (qualitative factor)
the Group’s result cannot be understood without the specific disclosure (qualitative factor)
it relates to an aspect of the Group’s operations that is important to its future performance.

45

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss  
and Other Comprehensive Income 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Revenue

Financial and other income

Share of profit of equity accounted investments

Operating expenses

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

Raw materials and consumables used and finished goods purchased for resale

Employee expenses

Depreciation and amortisation

Financial expenses

Purchased services

Repairs and maintenance

Outgoing freight

Lease payments – operating leases

Asset impairment write-downs and restructuring costs

Other expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit for the year 

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Actuarial losses on defined benefit plans

Gross fair value loss on assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Fair value gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges

Cash flow hedge losses/(gains) transferred to profit or loss

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

Net gain/(loss) on hedge of net investment

Income tax relating to items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Members of Incitec Pivot Limited

Non-controlling interest

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share

Basic (cents per share)

Diluted (cents per share)

Notes

(2)

(2)

(13)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(18)

(16)

(16)

(16)

(16)

(5)

(5)

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

 3,353.7 

 3,643.3 

56.2 

 35.9 

 51.2 

 38.2 

 10.4 

 (30.8)

 (1,494.0)

 (1,537.6)

 (637.6)

 (244.5)

 (59.1)

 (144.0)

 (144.1)

 (231.3)

 (66.5)

 (241.3)

 (57.2)

 136.6 

(7.2) 

 129.4 

 (21.9)

 (0.1)

 7.5 

 (14.5)

 3.2 

5.9

 (282.5)

 237.9 

 9.7 

 (25.8)

 (626.5)

 (249.1)

 (81.6)

 (160.7)

 (141.1)

 (258.4)

 (69.7)

–

 (69.5)

 507.7 

 (108.8)

 398.9 

 (4.5)

 (3.6)

 2.7 

 (5.4)

 (29.4)

 (5.0)

 657.7 

 (602.6)

 (34.4)

 (13.7)

 (40.3)

 (19.1)

 89.1 

 379.8 

 128.1 

 1.3 

 129.4 

 87.8 

 1.3 

 89.1 

 7.6 

 7.6 

 398.6 

 0.3 

 398.9 

 379.5 

 0.3 

 379.8 

23.8 

23.7 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

46

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
As at 30 September 2016

Notes

(8)

(4)

(4)

(16)

(4)

(16)

(13)

(9)

(10)

(3)

(4)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(4)

(8)

(16)

(15)

(3)

(18)

(7)

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

 427.1 

 256.1 

 405.7 

 39.3 

 9.2 

 4.5 

606.3 

288.8 

401.3 

38.4 

9.1 

–

 1,141.9 

1,343.9 

 20.7 

 62.8 

 37.2 

 318.0 

 3,892.7 

 3,170.4 

 23.2 

 7,525.0 

 8,666.9 

 939.5 

 11.1 

 5.2 

 114.4 

 –

21.2 

63.2 

36.0 

323.6 

4,003.6 

3,346.3 

58.5 

7,852.4 

9,196.3 

888.5 

747.1 

129.1 

86.9 

44.6 

 1,070.2 

1,896.2 

 7.3 

4.6 

 2,278.3 

1,806.6 

 96.9 

 88.1 

 442.6 

 99.0 

 3,012.2 

 4,082.4 

 4,584.5 

 3,436.8 

 (187.3)

 1,330.7 

 4.3 

77.8 

93.3 

543.4 

86.2 

2,611.9 

4,508.1 

4,688.2 

3,430.9 

(156.7)

1,411.0 

 3.0 

4,584.5 

4,688.2 

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Inventories

Other assets

Other financial assets

Current tax assets

Total current assets

Non-current assets

Trade and other receivables

Other assets

Other financial assets

Equity accounted investments

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Current tax liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Interest bearing liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Retirement benefit obligation

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Reserves

Retained earnings

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

47

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit after tax for the year

Adjusted for non-cash items

Net finance cost

Depreciation and amortisation

Write-down of property, plant and equipment

Impairment of equity accounted investments

Share of profit of equity accounted investments

Net gain on sale of property, plant and equipment 

Non-cash share-based payment transactions

Deferred tax (benefit)/expense

Income tax expense

Changes in assets and liabilities

decrease in receivables and other operating assets

(increase)/decrease in inventories

increase/(decrease) in payables, provisions and other operating liabilities

Adjusted for cash items

Dividends received

Interest received

Interest paid

Income tax paid

Net cash flows from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Payments for property, plant and equipment and intangibles

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

Payments from/(loans to) equity accounted investees

Payments from settlement of net investment hedge derivatives

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayments of borrowings

Proceeds from borrowings

Dividends paid

Net cash flows from financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash and cash equivalents held

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Notes

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

Inflows/ 
(Outflows)

129.4 

398.9 

(2)

(9)

(13)

(13)

(3)

(3)

(13)

(8)

(8)

(6)

(8)

50.2 

244.5 

172.3

–

(35.9)

(0.8)

1.2 

(27.5)

34.7 

14.5 

(18.7)

99.4 

663.3 

35.6 

8.9 

(50.8)

(81.7)

575.3 

(435.5)

1.2 

0.4

(46.5)

(480.4)

(828.3)

759.6 

(194.0)

(262.7)

(167.8)

606.3 

(11.4)

427.1 

68.8 

249.1 

4.5 

1.1 

(38.2)

(2.4)

4.3 

59.4 

49.4 

5.4 

47.6 

(58.5)

789.4 

37.0 

12.8 

(67.3)

(15.7)

756.2 

(372.8)

7.0 

(17.3)

(115.1)

(498.2)

(436.5)

805.1 

(96.4)

272.2 

530.2 

70.5 

5.6 

606.3 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

48

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Issued  
capital  
$mill

Notes

Cash  
flow  
hedging 
reserve 
$mill 

Share 
-based  
payments 
reserve 
$mill

Foreign  
currency 
translation 
reserve 
$mill

Fair  
value  
reserve 
$mill

Retained 
earnings 
$mill

Non- 
controlling 
interest 
$mill

Total 
$mill

Total 
equity  
$mill

Balance at 1 October 2014

 3,332.8 

 (17.4)

 22.7 

 (141.4)

 (8.7)

 1,216.3 

 4,404.3 

 2.7 

 4,407.0 

Early adoption of AASB 9  
Financial Instruments

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

(6)

–

–

–

–

Shares issued during the year

 98.1 

Share-based payment transactions  (17)

–

–

–

 (22.5)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 4.3 

–

–

–

–

 (6.5)

 (6.5)

–

 (6.5)

 398.6 

 398.6 

 0.3 

 398.9 

 8.8 

 (2.5)

 (2.9)

 (19.1)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (194.5)

 (194.5)

–

–

 98.1 

 4.3 

–

–

–

–

 (19.1)

 (194.5)

 98.1 

 4.3 

Balance at 30 September 2015

 3,430.9 

 (39.9)

 27.0 

 (132.6)

 (11.2)

 1,411.0 

 4,685.2 

 3.0 

 4,688.2 

Balance at 1 October 2015

 3,430.9 

 (39.9)

 27.0 

 (132.6)

 (11.2)

 1,411.0 

 4,685.2 

 3.0 

 4,688.2 

Profit for the year

Total other comprehensive  
income for the year

Dividends paid 

Shares issued during the year

(6)

(7)

Share-based payment transactions  (17)

–

–

–

 5.9 

–

–

 6.3 

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (5.9)

 1.2 

–

–

 128.1 

 128.1 

 1.3 

 129.4 

 (32.1)

 (0.1)

 (14.4)

 (40.3)

–

–

–

–

–

–

 (194.0)

 (194.0)

–

–

–

 1.2 

–

–

–

–

 (40.3)

 (194.0)

–

 1.2 

Balance at 30 September 2016

 3,436.8 

 (33.6)

 22.3 

 (164.7)

 (11.3)

 1,330.7 

 4,580.2 

 4.3 

 4,584.5 

Cash flow hedging reserve
This reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedging instruments 
related to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Share-based payments reserve
This reserve comprises the fair value of rights recognised as an employee expense under the terms of the LTI 2013/16,  
LTI 2014/17 and LTI 2015/18.

Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on translation of foreign controlled operations are taken to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. The relevant portion of the reserve is recognised in the profit or loss when the foreign operation is disposed of. 

The foreign currency translation reserve is also used to record gains and losses on hedges of net investments in foreign 
operations. 

Fair value reserve
This reserve represents the cumulative net change in the fair value of equity instruments. The annual net change in the fair 
value of investments in equity securities (including both realised and unrealised gains and losses) is recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Non-controlling interest
Represents a 35 percent outside equity interest in Quantum Fertilisers Limited, a Hong Kong based fertiliser marketing company. 

49

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Basis of preparation 

Financial performance 

1   Segment report

2  Revenue and expenses

3 

4 

Taxation

Trade and other assets and liabilities

Shareholder returns 

5 

Earnings per share

6  Dividends

Capital structure 

7 

Contributed equity

8  Net debt

Capital investment

9  Property, plant and equipment

10  Intangibles

11  Impairment of goodwill and non-current assets

12  Commitments

13  Equity accounted investments

14  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

Risk management

15  Provisions and contingencies

16  Financial risk management

Other 

17  Share-based payments

18  Retirement benefit obligation

19  Deed of cross guarantee

20  Parent entity disclosure

21  Key management personnel disclosures

22  Auditor’s remuneration

23  Events subsequent to reporting date

51

52

54

55

56

57

57

58

59

61

62

63

65

65

66

68

69

77

78

79

79

80

80

80

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Basis of preparation 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Basis of preparation and consolidation

Rounding of amounts

The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for 
certain financial instruments which have been measured at 
fair value. 

The financial results and financial position of the Group are 
expressed in Australian dollars, which is the functional 
currency of the Company and the presentation currency for 
the consolidated financial statements.

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for 
issue by the directors on 7 November 2016.

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Legislative 
Instrument, ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/
Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued by the 
Australian Securities and Investments Commission dated  
24 March 2016 and, in accordance with that Legislative 
Instrument, the amounts shown in this report and in  
the financial statements have been rounded off, except 
where otherwise stated, to the nearest one hundred 
thousand dollars.

Accounting standards issued 

The relevant Australian Accounting Standards and 
interpretations that became effective and that were adopted 
or early adopted by the Group since 30 September 2015 
were:

l  AASB 2016-2: Amendments to Australian Accounting 

Standards – Disclosure Initiative: Amendment to AASB 
107. The amendment requires additional disclosures that 
will enable users of financial statements to evaluate 
changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, 
including both changes arising from cash flows and non-
cash items. The Group has elected to early adopt the 
amendment to AASB 107. As a result, additional 
disclosures are included in note 8.

The following relevant standards were available for early 
adoption but have not been applied by the Group:

l  AASB 15: Revenue from Contracts with Customers  

Details of the expected impact of AASB 15 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, are included in note 2.

l  AASB 16: Leases 

Details of the expected impact of AASB 16 on the Group, 
when it is adopted, are included in note 12. 

Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities that are controlled by the Group. The 
financial results and financial position of the subsidiaries are 
included in the consolidated financial statements from the 
date control commences until the date control ceases. 

A list of the Group’s subsidiaries is included in note 14.

Joint ventures and associates

A joint venture is an arrangement where the parties have 
rights to the net assets of the venture.

Associates are those entities in respect of which the Group has 
significant influence, but not control, over the financial and 
operating policies of the entities.

Investments in joint ventures and associates are accounted for 
using the equity method. They are initially recognised at cost, 
and subsequent to initial recognition, the consolidated financial 
statements include the Group’s share of the profit or loss and 
other comprehensive income of the investees. 

A list of the Group’s joint ventures and associates is included in 
note 14.

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements are general purpose 
financial statements which have been prepared in accordance 
with Australian Accounting Standards (including Australian 
Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The 
consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with 
International Financial Reporting Standards and interpretations. 
The Company is a for-profit entity.

Key estimates and judgments
Key accounting estimates and judgments are continually 
evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors, including expectation of future events that may 
have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, 
seldom equal the subsequent related actual result. The 
estimates and judgments that have a significant risk of 
causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of 
the assets and liabilities within the next financial year are 
set out in the notes.

51

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

1. Segment report

The Group operates a number of strategic divisions that offer different products and services and operate in different markets. 
For reporting purposes, these divisions are known as reportable segments. The results of each segment are reviewed monthly 
by the Group’s chief operating decision-makers to assess performance and make decisions about the allocation of resources.

Description of reportable segments

Asia Pacific
Fertilisers is made up of the following reportable segments:

l 

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF): manufactures and distributes fertilisers in Eastern Australia. The products that IPF 
manufactures include urea, ammonia and single super phosphate. IPF also imports products from overseas suppliers and 
purchases ammonium phosphates from Southern Cross International for resale. 

l  Southern Cross International (SCI): manufactures ammonium phosphates and is a distributor of its manufactured fertiliser 
product to wholesalers in Australia (including IPF) and the export market. SCI operates the Industrial Chemicals business 
and also includes the Group’s 65 percent share of the Hong Kong marketing company, Quantum Fertilisers Limited.

Fertilisers Elimination (Elim): represents the elimination of profit in stock arising from the sale of SCI manufactured products to 
IPF at an import parity price.

Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining 
industry in the Asia Pacific region and Turkey.

Asia Pacific Eliminations (Elim): represents elimination of profit in stock arising from IPF and SCI sales to DNAP at an arm’s 
length transfer price.

Americas
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA): manufactures and sells industrial explosives and related products and services to the mining, 
quarrying and construction industries in the Americas (USA, Canada, Mexico and Chile). It also manufactures and sells industrial 
chemicals and fertilisers, which is immaterial in size to the Group.

Corporate
Corporate costs include all head office expenses that cannot be directly attributed to the operation of any of the Group’s businesses.

Group Eliminations (Group Elim): represents elimination of profit in stock arising from intersegment sales at an arm’s length 
transfer price.

Reportable segments – financial information

30 September 2016

Notes

IPF 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Asia Pacific

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

 Americas

DNAP 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Total 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Group  
Elim 
$mill

Corporate(i) 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Revenue from external customers 

(2)

906.1 

631.8  (196.0) 1,341.9 

920.8 

(14.9) 2,247.8 

1,150.6 

(44.7)

 –  

3,353.7 

Share of profits of equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA(ii)

(13)

 –  

 –  

71.2 

98.3 

 –  

2.1 

 –  

15.5 

171.6 

267.6 

 –  

 –  

15.5 

439.2 

20.4 

253.5 

Depreciation and amortisation

(2)

(26.9)

(40.5)

 –  

(67.4)

(81.5)

 –   (148.9)

(93.9)

 –  

1.5 

 –  

 –  

(21.6)

35.9 

672.6 

(1.7)

(244.5)

EBIT(iii)

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interest

Individually material items (net of tax)

(2)

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets(iv)

Deferred tax balances
Net assets

(3)

44.3 

57.8 

2.1 

104.2 

186.1 

 –  

290.3 

159.6 

1.5 

(23.3)

428.1 

(50.2)

(81.4)

296.5 

(1.3)

(167.1)

128.1 

676.4 

515.7 

 –   1,192.1  2,861.7 

 –   4,053.8 

4,079.7 

 –  

510.2 

8,643.7 

(482.5)

(100.2)

193.9 

415.5 

 –  

 –  

(582.7)

(249.2)

 –   (831.9)

(540.8)

 –   (2,267.1)

(3,639.8)

609.4  2,612.5 

 –   3,221.9 

3,538.9 

 –   (1,756.9)

5,003.9 

(419.4)
4,584.5 

(i)  Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(ii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense, Depreciation and Amortisation and individually material items.
(iii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense and individually material items.
(iv)  Net segment assets excluding deferred tax balances.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

52

EBIT(iii)

Net interest expense

Income tax expense

Profit after tax 

Non-controlling interest

Individually material items (net of tax)

Profit attributable to members of IPL

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net segment assets(iv)

Deferred tax balances
Net assets

(3)

(3)

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

1. Segment report (continued)

Reportable segments – financial information (continued)

30 September 2015

Notes

IPF 
$mill

SCI 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Asia Pacific

Total 
Fertilisers 
$mill

 Americas

DNAP 
$mill

Elim 
$mill

Total 
$mill

DNA 
$mill

Group  
Elim 
$mill

Corporate(i) 
$mill

Consolidated 
Group 
$mill

Revenue from external customers 

(2)

1,034.5 

755.2 

(278.8) 1,510.9 

910.8 

(14.5) 2,407.2 

1,268.7 

(32.6)

 –  

3,643.3 

Share of profits of equity  
accounted investments

EBITDA(ii)

(13)

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

19.2 

82.2 

211.6 

(1.1)

292.7 

271.6 

Depreciation and amortisation

(2)

(31.9)

(36.7)

 –  

(68.6)

(78.9)

50.3 

174.9 

(1.1)

224.1 

192.7 

 –  

 –  

 –  

 –  

19.2 

564.3 

19.0 

280.7 

(147.5)

(99.0)

416.8 

181.7 

 –  

1.6 

 –  

1.6 

 –  

(21.0)

38.2 

825.6 

(2.6)

(249.1)

(23.6)

576.5 

(68.8)

(108.8)

398.9 

(0.3)

–

398.6

811.3 

520.1 

 –   1,331.4  2,923.6 

 –   4,255.0 

4,214.2 

 –  

668.6 

9,137.8 

(472.9)

(112.5)

338.4 

407.6 

 –  

 –  

(585.4)

(221.0)

 –  

(806.4)

(543.5)

 –   (2,614.8)

(3,964.7)

746.0  2,702.6 

 –   3,448.6 

3,670.7 

 –   (1,946.2)

5,173.1 

(484.9)
4,688.2 

(i)  Corporate assets and liabilities include the Group’s interest bearing liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities.
(ii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense, Depreciation and Amortisation and individually material items.
(iii)  Earnings Before Interest, related income Tax expense and individually material items.
(iv)  Net segment assets excluding deferred tax balances.

Geographical information – secondary reporting segments

The Group operates in four principal countries being Australia (country of domicile), USA, Canada and Turkey.

In presenting information on the basis of geographical location, revenue is based on the geographical location of the entity 
making the sale. Assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

30 September 2016

Australia
$mill

USA
$mill

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

 2,151.5 

885.1

 182.4 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

 3,568.2 

 3,710.2 

Trade and other receivables

30 September 2015

 118.4 

Australia
$mill

71.5

USA
$mill

 52.8 

 34.3 

Canada
$mill

Revenue from external customers

2,306.4 

991.4 

212.3 

Non-current assets other than financial 
assets and deferred tax assets

3,759.5 

3,824.5 

Trade and other receivables

178.0 

46.8 

60.9 

40.3 

Turkey
$mill

 57.9 

 1.4 

 12.2 

Turkey
$mill

63.9 

1.3 

17.1 

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

 76.8 

 3,353.7 

 132.0 

 7,464.6 

 40.4 

 276.8 

Other/Elim
$mill

Consolidated
$mill

69.3 

3,643.3 

111.7 

27.8 

7,757.9 

310.0 

53

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

2. Revenue and expenses

Revenue

External sales

Total revenue

Financial income

Interest income

Other income

Other income from operations

Total financial and other income

Expenses

Notes

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

3,353.7 

3,643.3 

3,353.7 

3,643.3 

8.9 

12.8 

47.3 

56.2

38.4 

51.2 

Profit before income tax includes the following specific expenses:

Depreciation and amortisation

depreciation

amortisation

Total depreciation and amortisation

Recoverable amount write-down

property, plant and equipment

equity accounted investments

Total recoverable write-down

Amounts set aside to provide for:

impairment losses on trade and  
other receivables

inventory losses and obsolescence

employee entitlements

environmental liabilities

legal and other provisions

Notes

(9)

(10)

(9)

(13)

(4)

(4)

(15)

(15)

(15)

restructuring and rationalisation costs (15)

Research and development expense

Defined contribution superannuation 
expense

Defined benefit superannuation 
expense

Financial expenses

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

218.8 

219.4 

25.7 

29.7 

244.5 

249.1 

172.3 

–

172.3

3.1

9.4 

3.6 

2.3

15.9 

43.3

10.2 

4.5 

1.1 

5.6 

2.9 

1.5 

4.4 

0.8 

6.4 

1.4 

9.7 

31.6 

31.9 

(18)

4.4 

2.8 

Unwinding of discount on provisions

(15)

5.0

3.4 

Net interest expense on defined  
benefit obligation

(18)

Interest expenses on financial liabilities

Total financial expenses

3.3 

50.8 

59.1 

3.0 

75.2 

81.6 

Individually material items

Profit after tax includes the following expenses whose 
disclosure is relevant in explaining the financial performance 
of the Group:

2016

Impairment of Gibson Island(1)
Business restructuring costs(2)

Gross 
$mill

Tax 
$mill

Net 
$mill

 150.8 

 (45.2)

 105.6 

restructuring and other direct costs
employee redundancies and allowances

 20.4 
 43.3 

 (6.1)
 (13.7)

 14.3 
 29.6 

impairment of operating assets  
and site exit costs

 26.8 

 (9.2)

 17.6 

Total individually material items

 241.3 

 (74.2)

 167.1 

(1)  The impairment write-down of $150.8m (after tax $105.6m) in relation to 
Gibson Island’s manufacturing plant and related assets. The impairment is 
mainly as a result of lower forecast fertiliser prices and the forecast for higher 
cost of natural gas delivered to the Australian East Coast. Refer to note 11.

(2)  Costs incurred directly due to the business restructure which included 

redundancies and related costs, asset impairment write-downs and site exit  
and reconfiguration costs. 

Key accounting policies
Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable by the Group. Amounts disclosed as 
revenue are net of returns, trade allowances and amounts 
collected on behalf of third parties.
Revenue is recognised for the major business activities as follows: 
Sale of goods: revenue from the sale of goods is recognised 
when the risks and rewards of ownership have been 
transferred to the buyer and where the costs incurred or to 
be incurred can be measured reliably. 
Take-or-pay revenue: revenue is recognised in line with the 
sale of goods policy. In circumstances where goods are not 
taken by the customer, revenue is recognised when the 
likelihood of the customer meeting its obligation to ‘take 
goods’ becomes remote. 
Services: revenue is recognised once the service is delivered. 
The fee for service component is recognised separately from 
the sale of goods.
Interest income is recognised as it accrues. 
Issued Accounting Standards not early adopted
AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers establishes 
principles for reporting the nature, amount, timing and 
uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an 
entity’s contracts with customers. The first application date 
for the Group is the financial year ending 30 September 
2019. The Group did not early adopt this Standard when it 
was issued. However, based on preliminary assessment of 
the Group’s material customer contracts, the impact of this 
standard on the recognition and reporting of the Group’s 
revenue is not considered material. 
Goods and services tax 
Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities (other than receivables 
and payables) are recognised net of the amount of goods and 
services tax (GST). The only exception is where the amount of 
GST incurred is not recoverable from the relevant taxation 
authorities. In these circumstances, the GST is recognised as part 
of the cost of the asset or as part of the item of expenditure.
Other income 
Other income from operations represents gains that are not 
revenue. This includes royalty income and management fees 
from the Group’s joint ventures and associates, and income from 
contractual arrangements that are not considered revenue.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

54

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

3. Taxation

Income tax expense for the year

Movements in net deferred tax liabilities

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Current tax expense

Current year
Adjustment to current tax expense  
relating to prior years

Deferred tax expense
Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Total income tax expense

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

33.0 

52.1 

1.7 

34.7 

(2.7)

49.4 

(27.5)

59.4 

7.2

108.8 

Income tax reconciliation to prima facie tax payable

Profit before income tax
Tax at the Australian tax rate  
of 30% (2015: 30%)
Tax effect of amounts which are 
not deductible/(taxable)  
in calculating taxable income:
Impairment of intangible 
assets and investment
Other foreign deductions
Joint venture income
Sundry items

Difference in overseas tax rates
Adjustment to current tax 
expense relating to prior years
Income tax expense/(benefit)
attributable to profit

Pre-IMI 
$mill

2016 
IMI(1) 
$mill

Net 
$mill

2015 

$mill

377.9 

(241.3) 136.6  507.7 

113.4 

(72.4)

41.0  152.3 

–
(25.9)
(10.9)
1.8 
0.9 

–
–
–
–
(1.8)

–
(25.9)
(10.9)
1.8 
(0.9)

0.3 
(30.1)
(11.5)
(3.2)
3.7 

2.1 

–

2.1 

(2.7)

81.4 

(74.2)

7.2  108.8 

(1) Refer note 2 for detail on items of revenue or expenses that required 
separate disclosure (individually material items) for the year ended  
30 September 2016. In 2015, the Group had no items of revenue or  
expenses requiring separate disclosure. 

Tax amounts recognised directly in equity
The aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the financial 
year and not recognised in net profit or loss but directly charged 
to equity is $17.2m for the year ended 30 September 2016  
(2015: debit of $31.7m).

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Deferred tax balances comprise temporary differences 
attributable to the following:   

Employee entitlements provision
Retirement benefit obligations
Provisions and accruals
Tax losses
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Joint venture income
Derivatives
Other
Net deferred tax liabilities

Presented in the Statement of  
Financial Position as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liabilities

55

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

20.0
31.4
53.5
8.9 
(340.4)
(124.7)
(14.5)
(40.4)
(13.2)
(419.4)

19.8 
26.7 
46.5 
13.5 
(350.3)
(140.7)
(17.6)
(41.0)
(41.8)
(484.9)

23.2 
(442.6)
(419.4)

58.5 
(543.4)
(484.9)

Opening balance at 1 October
Credited/(debited) to the profit or loss
Charged to equity
Foreign exchange movements
Tax rate change
Adjustments in respect of prior years

2016 
$mill
(484.9)
27.4 
17.2 
20.8 
0.5 
(0.4)

2015 
$mill
(342.8)
(55.1)
(31.7)
(51.0)
–
(4.3)

Closing balance at 30 September

(419.4)

(484.9)

Key accounting policies
Income tax expense
Income tax expense comprises current tax (amounts payable 
or receivable within 12 months) and deferred tax (amounts 
payable or receivable after 12 months). Tax expense is 
recognised in the profit or loss, unless it relates to items that 
have been recognised in equity (as part of other 
comprehensive income). In this instance, the related tax 
expense is also recognised in equity.

Current tax
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable 
income for the year. It is calculated using tax rates applicable 
at the reporting date, and any adjustments to tax payable in 
respect of previous years.

Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised for all taxable temporary 
differences and is calculated based on the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and 
the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is 
measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied 
when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on 
the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at 
the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it 
is probable that future taxable profits will be available 
against which the assets can be utilised. Deferred tax assets 
are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the 
extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefits will be realised.

Offsetting tax balances
Tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legal 
right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis or to 
realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Tax consolidation
For details on the Company’s tax consolidated group refer to 
note 20.

Key estimates and judgments
Provisions for potential tax payments that may result 
from audit activities by the revenue authorities of 
jurisdictions in which the Group operates are recognised 
if a present obligation in relation to a taxation liability is 
assumed as probable and can be reliably estimated.

The assumption regarding future realisation of tax 
benefits, and therefore the recognition of deferred tax 
assets, may change due to the future operating 
performance of the Group, as well as other factors, some 
of which are outside the control of the Group.

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Financial performance 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

4. Trade and other assets and liabilities

The Group’s total trade and other assets and liabilities 
consists of receivables, payables and inventory balances, net 
of provisions for any impairment losses.

The graph below shows the Group’s trade working capital 
(trade assets and liabilities) performance over a five year 
period.

Trade 
$mill

Other 
$mill

Total 
$mill

405.7 

210.3 

–

405.7 

66.5 

276.8 

(665.2) (281.6) (946.8)

(49.2) (215.1) (264.3)

Trade 
$mill

Other 
$mill

Total 
$mill

401.3 

274.3 

–

401.3 

35.7 

310.0 

(667.9)

(225.2) (893.1)

13 month rolling average trade working capital/
Annual net revenue

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

%
17.5

15.0

12.5

10.0

7.5

5.0

2.5

0

7.7 

(189.5)

(181.8)

(2.5)

FY12

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

30 September 2016

Inventories

Receivables

Payables

30 September 2015

Inventories

Receivables

Payables

Inventory by category:

Raw materials and stores

Work-in-progress

Finished goods

Provisions

Total inventory balance

Provision movement:

30 September 2016

Carrying amount at 1 October 2015

Provisions made during the year

Provisions written back during the year

Amounts written off against provisions

Foreign exchange rate movements

2016 
$mill

 76.7 

 39.8 

2015 
$mill

 82.7 

 64.1 

 299.1 

 263.7 

 (9.9)

 (9.2)

 405.7 

 401.3 

Trade  
receivables 
$mill

Inventories 
$mill

(30.7)

(3.1)

1.0

1.0

2.0

(9.2)

(9.4)

0.9

7.7

0.1

Carrying amount at 30 September 2016

(29.8)

(9.9)

Receivables ageing and provision for impairment

Included in the following table is an age analysis of the 
Group’s trade receivables, along with impairment provisions 
against these balances at 30 September:

2016

Current

30–90 days

Over 90 days

Total

2015

Current

30–90 days

Over 90 days

Total

Gross 
$mill

Impairment 
$mill

Net 
$mill

196.4 

14.7 

29.0 

240.1 

(0.7)

(2.3)

(26.8)

195.7 

12.4 

2.2 

(29.8)

210.3 

Gross 
$mill

Impairment 
$mill

Net 
$mill

240.5 

38.8 

25.7 

305.0 

–

240.5 

(8.0)

(22.7)

(30.7)

30.8 

3.0 

274.3 

Key accounting policies

Cents
35

Inventories

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year
value. The cost of manufactured goods is based on a 
weighted average costing method. For third-party sourced 
finished goods, cost is net cost into store. 

25

30

Trade and other receivables

20

15

5

10

Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value plus any directly attributable transaction costs. 
Subsequent to initial measurement, they are measured at 
amortised cost less any provisions for expected impairment 
losses or actual impairment losses. Credit losses and 
recoveries of items previously written off are recognised in 
the profit or loss.

2012

2015

2016

2014

2013

0

AUDm
1200

Where substantially all risks and rewards relating to a 
receivable are transferred to a third party, the receivable is 
Drawn funds
derecognised.

Available limits

1000

Trade and other payables

800

Trade and other payables are stated at cost and represent 
liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior 
to the end of the financial year, which are unpaid at the 
reporting date.

600

400

Bond
AUD200m

Bank facility
USD553m

Bank facility
AUD568m

200
Key estimates and judgments
0
The expected impairment loss calculation for trade 
Bank facility
receivables considers the impact of past events, and 
USD400m
exercises judgment over the impact of current and future 
Maturity
Date
economic conditions when considering the recoverability 
of outstanding balances at the reporting date. 
Subsequent changes in economic and market conditions 
may result in the provision for impairment losses 
increasing or decreasing in future periods.

144A/reg S
USD800m

Aug 20

Dec 19

Feb 19

Oct 18

Oct 18

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

56

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Shareholder returns 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

5. Earnings per share

6. Dividends

2016 
Cents per share

2015 
  Cents per share

Dividends paid or declared by the Company in the year 
ended 30 September were:

Basic earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

Diluted earnings per share

including individually  
material items

excluding individually  
material items

 7.6 

17.5

7.6

17.4

 23.8 

 23.8 

 23.7 

 23.7 

Ordinary shares

Final dividend of 7.3 cents per share,  
10 percent franked, paid 16 December 2014(1)

Interim dividend of 4.4 cents per share, 
unfranked, paid 1 July 2015(2)

2016 
$000

2015 
$000

–

–

120,814 

73,723 

Final dividend of 7.4 cents per share,  
60 percent franked, paid 14 December 2015

124,851 

Number

Number

Interim dividend of 4.1 cents per share,  
100 percent franked, paid 1 July 2016

69,175 

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of basic earnings  
per share(1)

Weighted average number of 
ordinary shares used in the 
calculation of diluted earnings  
per share(1)

 1,686,971,487 

 1,673,824,398 

 1,691,861,561 

 1,678,614,972 

(1)  1,513,487 shares were issued during the year ended 30 September 2016 

(2015: 30,658,837), refer note 7.

Reconciliation of earnings used in the calculation 
of basic and diluted earnings per share 
Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

%
17.5

Fertilisers

15.0

12.5

Note

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

10.0

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders

 128.1 

 398.6 

7.5

Individually material items after income tax

(2)

 167.1 

–

Total ordinary share dividends

194,026  194,537 

(1)  The 2014 final dividend comprised of $61.5m cash payments and  

$59.3m of the Company’s shares issued under the Group’s Dividend 
Reinvestment Plan.

(2)  The 2015 interim dividend comprised of $34.9m cash payments and 
$38.8m of the Company’s shares issued under the Group’s Dividend  
Reinvestment Plan.

Since the end of the financial year, the directors have 
determined to pay a final dividend of 4.6 cents per share,  
unfranked, to be paid on 13 December 2016. The total 
dividend payment will be $77.6m.

The financial effect of this dividend has not been recognised 
in the 2016 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consistent with recent years, the dividend reflects a payout 
ratio of approximately 50 percent of net profit after tax 
(before individually material items).

–

–

295.2 

398.6 

Dividend reinvestment plan

The Group operates a dividend reinvestment plan which 
allows eligible shareholders to elect to invest dividends in 
ordinary shares of Incitec Pivot Limited. The offer price for 
shares is calculated using the daily volume weighted 
average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares sold 
on the Australian Securities Exchange, calculated with 
reference to a period of ten consecutive trading days less 
any discount which may apply, as determined by the 
directors. Shares are provided under the plan free of 
brokerage and other transaction costs to the participants and 
rank equally with all other Incitec Pivot Limited ordinary 
shares on issue. There was no discount applied in respect of 
the 2016 final dividend.

Franking credits

Franking credits available to shareholders of the Company 
amount to $7.0m (2015: $5.0m) at the 30 percent (2015:  
30 percent) corporate tax rate. The final dividend for 2016  
is unfranked.

Key accounting policies

A provision for dividends payable is recognised in the 
reporting period in which the dividends are paid. The 
provision is for the total undistributed dividend amount, 
regardless of the extent to which the dividend will be paid  
in cash. 

5.0

Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 
excluding individually material items

2.5

0

The graph below shows the Group’s earnings per share and 
dividend payout over the last five years.

(2.5)

FY13

FY14

FY15

FY16

FY12

Company performance and dividends declared

Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Available limits

Drawn funds

Cents
35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

57

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

400

200

0

Maturity

Date

Bank facility

Bank facility

AUD568m

USD553m

Bond

AUD200m

144A/reg S

USD800m

Bank facility

USD400m

Oct 18

Oct 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

7. Contributed equity

Capital management

Capital is defined as the amount subscribed by shareholders 
to the Company’s ordinary shares and amounts advanced by 
debt providers to any Group entity. The Group’s objectives 
when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to 
continue as a going concern while providing returns to 
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders.

The Group’s key strategies for maintenance of an optimal 
capital structure include:

l   Aiming to maintain an investment grade credit profile 

and the requisite financial metrics. 

l   Securing access to diversified sources of debt funding 

with a spread of maturity dates and sufficient undrawn 
committed facility capacity.

l   Optimising over the long term, and to the extent 

practicable, the Group’s Weighted Average Cost of  
Capital (WACC), while maintaining financial flexibility.

In order to optimise its capital structure the Group may 
undertake one or a combination of the following actions:

Issued capital

Ordinary shares

Ordinary shares issued are classified as equity and are fully 
paid, have no par value and carry one vote per share and the 
right to dividends. Incremental costs directly attributable to 
the issue of new shares are recognised as a deduction from 
equity, net of any related income tax benefit.

The table below includes details on movements in issued 
capital and fully paid ordinary shares of the Company during 
the year. 

Date

Details

Number 
of Shares

$mill

30 Sept 2015 Balance at the end of the 

1,685,657,034

3,430.9 

previous financial year

Shares issued during the year

18 Nov 2015 Shares issued (LTI 

1,513,487 

5.9 

2012/15 Performance 
Rights Plan)

30 Sept 2016 Balance at the end of  

1,687,170,521

3,436.8 

l   change the amount of dividends paid to shareholders;

the financial year 

l   return capital or issue new shares to shareholders;

l   vary discretionary capital expenditure;

l   raise new debt funding or repay existing debt balances; 

and

l   draw down additional debt or sell non-core assets to 

reduce debt.

Key financial metrics

The Group uses a range of financial metrics to monitor the 
efficiency of its capital structure, including EBITDA interest 
cover and gearing ratio (net debt/EBITDA) before individually 
material items. Metrics are maintained in excess of any debt 
covenant restrictions. At 30 September the Group’s position 
in relation to these metrics was: 

Gearing ratio (times)

equal or less than 2.5

Interest cover (times)

equal or more than 6.0

2.1 

7.9 

1.6

9.7

Target range

2016

2015

These ratios are impacted by a number of factors, including 
the level of operating cash flows generated by the Group, 
foreign exchange rates and the fair value of hedges 
economically hedging the Group’s net debt.

Self-insurance

The Group also self-insures for certain insurance risks under 
the Singapore Insurance Act. Under this Act, authorised 
general insurer, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited (the Group’s 
self-insurance company), is required to maintain a minimum 
amount of capital. For the financial year ended 30 
September 2016, Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited maintained 
capital in excess of the minimum requirements prescribed 
under this Act. Outstanding claims are recognised when an 
incident occurs that may give rise to a claim. They are 
measured at the cost that the entity expects to incur in 
settling the claims.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

58

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Fixed interest rate bonds

The Group has the following fixed interest rate bonds:

l   USD800m 10 year bonds on issue in the US 144A/

Regulation S debt capital market. The bonds have a fixed 
rate semi-annual coupon of 6 percent and mature in 
December 2019. 

l   AUD200m 5.5 year bonds on issue in the Australian debt 
capital market. The bonds have a fixed rate semi-annual 
coupon of 5.75 percent and mature in February 2019. 

Bank facilities

Bank facilities of AUD568m and USD953m were entered into 
in August 2015 and are split into two facilities as follows:

l   3 year facility domiciled in Australia consisting of  

two tranches: Tranche A has a limit of AUD568m and 
Tranche B has a limit of USD553m. The facility matures  
in October 2018; and

l   5 year facility domiciled in the USA with a limit of 
USD400m. The facility matures in August 2020. 

8. Net debt

The Group’s net debt comprises the net of interest bearing 
liabilities, cash and cash equivalents, and the fair value of 
derivative instruments economically hedging the foreign 
exchange rate and interest rate exposures of the Group’s 
interest bearing liabilities at the reporting date. The Group’s 
net debt at 30 September is analysed as follows: 

Interest bearing liabilities

Cash and cash equivalents

Notes

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

2,289.4 

 2,553.7 

(427.1)

 (606.3)

Fair value of derivatives

(16)

(468.5)

(658.1)

Net debt

1,393.8 

1,289.3 

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group’s interest bearing liabilities are unsecured and 
expose it to various market and liquidity risks. Detail on these 
risks and their mitigation are included in note 16.

The following table details the interest bearing liabilities of 
the Group at 30 September: 

Current

Bank loans

Fixed interest rate bonds

Loans to joint ventures and associates

Non-current

Bank facilities

Fixed interest rate bonds

Total interest bearing liabilities

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

–

–

11.1 

11.1 

20.1 

714.9 

12.1 

747.1 

1,009.0 

441.1 

1,269.3 

1,365.5 

2,278.3 

1,806.6 

2,289.4 

2,553.7 

The table below includes detail on the movements in the Group’s interest bearing liabilities for the year ended 30 September 2016: 

Cash flow

Non-cash changes

1 October  
2015 
$mill

Financing activities

Proceeds 
$mill

Repayments 
$mill

Foreign 
exchange 
movement 
$mill

Fair value 
adjustment 
$mill

Funding costs 
amortisation 
$mill

30 September 
2016 
$mill

Current

Bank loans

Fixed interest rate bonds

Loans to joint ventures and associates

Non-current

Bank facilities

Fixed interest rate bonds

 20.1 

 714.9 

 12.1 

 6.6 

–

–

 (26.8)

 (682.6)

 0.1 

 (29.9)

 (0.2)

–

 441.1 

 753.0 

 (118.7)

 1,365.5 

–

–

 (67.9)

 (93.4)

Total liabilities from financing activities

 2,553.7 

 759.6 

 (828.3)

 (191.1)

Derivatives held to hedge interest bearing liabilities

 (658.1)

–

–

 180.3 

Debt after hedging

 1,895.6 

 759.6 

 (828.3)

 (10.8)

–

 (2.8)

 (0.8)

–

 (4.8)

 (8.4)

 9.3 

 0.9 

–

 0.4 

–

 1.5 

 2.0 

 3.9 

–

–

–

 11.1 

 1,009.0 

 1,269.3 

 2,289.4 

 (468.5)

 3.9 

 1,820.9 

59

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

%
17.5

15.0

Explosives (DNA, DNAP)

Fertilisers

12.5

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital structure 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

10.0

7.5

5.0

8. Net debt (continued)

2.5

0

(2.5)

Interest bearing liabilities (continued)
FY13

FY12

FY15

FY14

FY16

Interest rate profile

The table below summarises the interest rate profile, net  
of interest rate hedging, of the Group’s interest bearing 
liabilities at 30 September:
Earnings per share (before individually material items)
Earnings per share (including individually material items)
Dividend declared in respect of the financial year

Cents
35

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

30

Fixed interest rate financial instruments

Variable interest rate financial instruments

25

20

15

1,511.5 

940.3 

777.9 

1,613.4 

2,289.4 

2,553.7 

10

Detail on the Group’s interest hedging profile and duration is 
included in note 16.

5

0

Funding profile
2012

The graph below details the Group’s available funding limit, 
its maturity dates and drawn funds at 30 September 2016:

2013

2014

2015

2016

AUDm
1200

1000

800

600

400

200

0

Maturity
Date

Available limits

Drawn funds

Bank facility
AUD568m

Bank facility
USD553m

Bond
AUD200m

144A/reg S
USD800m

Bank facility
USD400m

Oct 18

Oct 18

Feb 19

Dec 19

Aug 20

The Group has undrawn financing facilities of $804.0m at  
30 September 2016.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at 30 September 2016 was  
$427.1m (2015: $606.3m) and consisted of cash at bank of 
$164.2m (2015: $103.2m) and short term investments of 
$262.9m (2015: $503.1m).

Key accounting policies

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities are initially recognised at fair value 
less any directly attributable borrowing costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, interest bearing liabilities are measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method, with any 
difference between cost and redemption value recognised in 
the profit or loss over the period of the borrowings.

The Group derecognises interest bearing liabilities when its 
obligation is discharged, cancelled or expires. Any gains and 
losses arising on derecognition are recognised in the profit or 
loss.

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities, 
except for those liabilities where the Group has an 
unconditional right to defer settlement for at least 12 
months after the year end, which are classified as non-
current.

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash includes cash at bank, cash on hand and short term 
investments, net of bank overdrafts.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs include interest on borrowings and the 
amortisation of premiums relating to borrowings. 

Borrowing costs are expensed as incurred, unless they relate 
to qualifying assets (refer note 9). In this instance, the 
borrowing costs are capitalised and depreciated over the 
asset’s expected useful life.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

60

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

9. Property, plant and equipment

Freehold land 
and buildings 
$mill

Notes

Machinery, 
plant and 
equipment 
$mill

Construction 
in progress 
$mill

Total 
$mill

At 1 October 2014

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2015

Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from construction in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2015

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2016

Opening net book amount
Additions
Disposals
Depreciation
Impairment of assets
Reclassification from construction in progress
Foreign exchange movement

Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2016

Cost
Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Capitalised interest

(2)
(2)

(2)
(2)

753.0 

(189.8)

563.2 

563.2 
4.5 
(1.0)
(23.1)
–
11.8 
26.8 

582.2 

3,076.8 

(836.7)

2,240.1 

2,240.1 
38.1 
(3.6)
(196.3)
(4.5)
155.8 
111.3 

2,340.9 

804.0 
(221.8)

582.2 

3,481.4 
(1,140.5)

2,340.9 

582.2 
3.3 
(0.1)
(25.3)
(18.3)
12.7 
(13.4)

541.1 

2,340.9 
15.9 
(0.3)
(193.5)
(154.0)
155.1 
(49.2)

2,114.9 

708.1 

–

708.1 

4,537.9 

(1,026.5)

3,511.4 

708.1 
361.0 
–
–
–

(167.6)
179.0 

1,080.5 

1,080.5 

–

1,080.5 

1,080.5 
414.4 
–
–
–

(167.8)
(90.4)

1,236.7 

3,511.4 
403.6 
(4.6)
(219.4)
(4.5)
–
317.1 

4,003.6 

5,365.9 
(1,362.3)

4,003.6 

4,003.6 
433.6 
(0.4)
(218.8)
(172.3)

–

(153.0)

3,892.7 

796.1 
(255.0)

541.1 

3,489.2 
(1,374.3)

2,114.9 

1,236.7 

–

1,236.7 

5,522.0 
(1,629.3)

3,892.7 

Depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, is 
depreciated on a straight-line basis. Freehold land is not 
depreciated. Depreciation rates are calculated to spread the 
cost of the asset (less any residual value), over its estimated 
useful life. Residual value is the estimated value of the asset 
at the end of its useful life. 

Estimated useful lives for each class of asset are as follows:

•  Buildings and improvements 
•  Machinery, plant and equipment  

20  – 50 years
3  – 50 years

Residual values and useful lives are reviewed and adjusted 
where relevant when changes in circumstances impact the 
use of the asset.

During the year ended 30 September 2016 interest of $48.0m 
(2015: $37.7m) was capitalised in relation to the funding for 
the construction of the Waggaman, Louisiana ammonia plant.

Key accounting policies

Property, plant and equipment is measured at cost, less 
accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. 
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount 
or recognised as a separate asset, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to 
the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. 

Borrowing costs in relation to the funding of qualifying assets 
are capitalised and included in the cost of the asset. Qualifying 
assets are assets that take more than 12 months to get ready 
for their intended use or sale. Where funds are borrowed 
generally, a weighted average interest rate is used for the 
capitalisation of interest. 

Property, plant and equipment is subject to impairment 
testing. For details of impairment of assets, refer note 11.

61

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

10. Intangibles

At 1 October 2014
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2015
Opening net book amount
Additions
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2015
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Year ended 30 September 2016
Opening net book amount
Additions
Amortisation 
Foreign exchange movement
Closing net book amount

At 30 September 2016
Cost
Accumulated amortisation
Net book amount

Notes

Software 
$mill

Goodwill 
$mill

Patents, trademarks &  
customer contracts 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

Total 
$mill

(2)

(2)

87.8 
(66.5)
21.3 

21.3 
5.2 
(10.1)
1.2 
17.6 

98.0 
(80.4)
17.6 

17.6 
5.4 
(6.4)
(0.9)
15.7 

96.5 
(80.8)
15.7 

2,580.5 

–

2,580.5 

2,580.5 

–
–
302.7 
2,883.2 

2,883.2 

–

2,883.2 

2,883.2 

–
–

(125.1)
2,758.1 

2,758.1 

–

2,758.1 

250.9 
(116.8)
134.1 

134.1 
–
(19.6)
22.6 
137.1 

294.6 
(157.5)
137.1 

137.1 
–
(19.3)
(8.2)
109.6 

276.6 
(167.0)
109.6 

256.4 
–
256.4 

256.4 
–
–
52.0 
308.4 

308.4 
–
308.4 

308.4 
–
–
(21.4)
287.0 

287.0 
–
287.0 

3,175.6 
(183.3)
2,992.3 

2,992.3 
5.2 
(29.7)
378.5 
3,346.3 

3,584.2 
(237.9)
3,346.3 

3,346.3 
5.4 
(25.7)
(155.6)
3,170.4 

3,418.2 
(247.8)
3,170.4 

Allocation of goodwill
For impairment testing purposes the Group identifies its cash 
generating units (CGUs), which is the smallest identifiable 
group of assets that generate cash inflows largely 
independent of the cash inflows of other assets or other 
groups of assets. Each CGU is no larger than an operating 
segment.

The Group’s indefinite life intangible assets are allocated to 
groups of CGUs as follows: 

30 September 2016

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

30 September 2015

Incitec Pivot Fertilisers (IPF) 
Southern Cross International (SCI) 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific (DNAP) 
Dyno Nobel Americas (DNA) 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

Total 
$mill

 183.8 
 2.4 
 1,132.4 
 1,439.5 
 2,758.1 

–
–
 40.3 
 246.7 
 287.0 

Goodwill 
$mill

Brand names 
$mill

183.8 
2.6 
1,132.4 
1,564.4 
2,883.2 

–
–
40.3 
268.1 
308.4 

 183.8 
 2.4 
 1,172.7 
 1,686.2 
 3,045.1 

Total 
$mill

183.8 
2.6 
1,172.7 
1,832.5 
3,191.6 

Key accounting policies
Goodwill
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is measured at cost less 
any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for 
impairment annually, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. 

Brand names 
Brand names acquired by the Group have indefinite useful lives 
and are measured at cost less accumulated impairment. They are 
tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired by the Group have finite lives. 
They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses.

Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalised only 
when it increases the future economic benefits of the asset to 
which it relates. All other such expenditure is expensed as 
incurred.

Amortisation
Goodwill and brand names are not amortised.

For intangible assets with finite lives, amortisation is recognised 
in the profit or loss on a straight-line basis over their estimated 
useful life. The estimated useful lives of intangible assets in 
this category are as follows:

•  Software 
•  Product trademarks 
•  Patents 
•  Customer contracts 

3  –   7  years
4  –  10  years
13  –  15  years
10  –  17  years

Useful lives are reviewed at each reporting date and  
adjusted where relevant.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

62

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

11. Impairment of goodwill and  

non-current assets 

At 30 September 2016, the Group has identified the  
following indicators of impairment:

• 

the ongoing global mining downturn;

lower global fertiliser prices; and

• 
•  availability of committed sources of natural gas at 

economically viable prices for fertiliser manufacturing in 
Australia.

Impairment testing

At the half year, the recoverable amount of the Gibson Island 
assets (which form part of the IPF CGU) was lower than the 
carrying amount. This was as a result of the impact of lower 
forecast fertiliser prices and the forecast for higher cost of 
natural gas delivered to the Australian East Coast, on the 
future profitability of these assets. As a result, the Group 
recognised an impairment of $150.8m (after tax $105.6m) 
at 31 March 2016.

The impairment charge could reverse in future years should 
there be favourable changes in the market conditions 
impacting the economic viability of the Gibson Island 
manufacturing facility. The maximum extent to which an 
impairment charge may be reversed is to return the 
impaired asset to the carrying amount that would have been 
determined, net of depreciation, if no impairment charge 
had been recognised.

The Group’s impairment testing at 30 September 2016 
resulted in no further impairment of any CGU. 

Key assumptions

The estimation of future cash flows requires management to 
make significant estimates and judgments on the timing of 
cash flows, commodity prices and foreign exchange rates. 

Details of the key assumptions used in the impairment 
testing at 30 September are set out below:

Key  
assumptions

1 – 5 years

Terminal value  
(after 5 years)

2016

2015

2016

DAP(1)

$320 to $462 $425 to $493

$490

Urea(2)

$185 to $305 $265 to $325

$324

2015

$535

$336

Gas(3)

$9.00

$9.00

$9.93

$9.18

Ammonia(4) $230 to $405 $439 to $452

$405

$439

AUD:USD(5) $0.72 to $0.76 $0.72 to $0.76

$0.73

$0.76

(1)  Di-Ammonium Phosphate price (FOB Tampa – USD per tonne).
(2)  Granular Urea price (FOB Middle East – USD per tonne).
(3)  Australian East Coast natural gas price (AUD per gigajoule).
(4)  Ammonia price (CFR Tampa – USD per tonne).
(5)  AUD:USD exchange rate.

Fertiliser prices, foreign exchange rates and natural gas 
prices used in the calculations are estimated by reference to 
external market publications and market analyst estimates, 
and are updated at each reporting date.

The post-tax discount rate used in the calculations is 9% 
(2015: 9%) for the IPF and SCI CGUs and 8.5% for the DNA 
and DNAP CGUs (2015: 9%). The rate reflects the underlying 
cost of capital adjusted for market risk.

63

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

The terminal value growth rate represents the forecast 
consumer price index (CPI) of 2.5% (2015: 2.5%) for  
all CGUs. 

Sensitivity analyses

Included in the table below is a sensitivity analysis of the 
recoverable amounts and, where applicable, the impairment 
charge considering reasonable change scenarios relating to 
key assumptions at 30 September 2016:

AUD:USD  
exchange  
rate

+5c

$mill

 (327.9)
 (129.4)

DAP/ 
Ammonia 
Price in  
USD(1)

-USD20  
per tonne

$mill

 (248.1)
 (49.7)

Growth  
rate

-1.0%

$mill

 (57.6)
–

n/a

$mill

 n/a 
 n/a 

n/a

$mill

 n/a 
 n/a 

-1.0%

$mill

 (409.2)
(53.6)

Natural  
gas price  
in USD

n/a

$mill

 n/a 
 n/a 

n/a

$mill

 n/a 
 n/a 

n/a

-USD60  
per tonne

-1.0%

+US$2 per 
gigajoule

USDmill

USDmill

USDmill

 n/a 
 n/a 

 (471.1)
(25.5)

 (428.7)

–

USDmill

(490.7)
(45.2)

SCI

– Value-in-use
– Impairment 

charge

DNAP

– Value-in-use
– Impairment 

charge

DNA

– Value-in-use
– Impairment 

charge

(1)  DAP price impacts the value-in-use of the SCI CGU. The Ammonia price 

impacts the value-in-use of the DNA CGU.

Each of the sensitivities above assumes that a specific 
assumption moves in isolation, while all other assumptions 
are held constant. A change in one of the aforementioned 
assumptions could be accompanied by a change in another 
assumption, which may increase or decrease the net impact.
Impairment of other property, plant and equipment

During the year ended 30 September 2016 other property, 
plant and equipment was impaired by $25.9m (2015: 
$4.5m) as a result of the Group’s fixed asset verification 
procedures and the abandonment of certain assets following 
a strategic review of the Group’s operating assets.
Key accounting policies

Impairment testing

The Group performs annual impairment testing at 30 
September for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives. 
More frequent reviews are performed for indicators of 
impairment of all the Group’s assets, including operating 
assets. The identification of impairment indicators involves 
management judgement. Where an indicator of impairment 
is identified, a formal impairment assessment is performed.

The Group’s annual impairment testing determines whether 
the recoverable amount of a CGU or group of CGUs, to which 
goodwill and/or indefinite life intangible assets are 
allocated, exceeds its carrying amount.

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

11. Impairment of goodwill and  
non-current assets (continued)

Key accounting policies (continued)

A CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that 
generate cash flows largely independent of cashflows of other 
groups of assets. Goodwill and other indefinite life intangible 
assets are allocated to CGUs or groups of CGUs which are no 
larger than one of the Group’s reportable segments.

Key estimates and judgments

The Group is required to make significant estimates and 
judgments in determining whether the carrying amount 
of its assets and/or CGUs has any indication of 
impairment, in particular in relation to:

•  key assumptions used in forecasting future cash 

Determining the recoverable amount

flows;

•  discount rates applied to those cash flows; and
• 

the expected long term growth in cash flows.

Such estimates and judgments are subject to change  
as a result of changing economic and operational 
conditions. Actual cash flows may therefore differ from 
forecasts and could result in changes in the recognition 
of impairment charges in future periods. 

Impairment testing involves comparing an asset’s 
recoverable amount to its carrying amount. The recoverable 
amount of an asset is determined as the higher of its fair 
value less costs to sell and its value-in-use. “Value-in-use” is 
a term that means an asset’s value based on the expected 
future cash flows arising from its continued use, discounted 
to present value. For discounting purposes, a post-tax rate is 
used that reflects current market assessments of the risks 
specific to the asset. 

A recoverable amount is estimated for each individual asset or, 
where it is not possible to estimate for individual assets, for 
the CGU to which the asset belongs. Cash flows are estimated 
for the asset in its current condition and do not include cash 
inflows or outflows that improve or enhance the asset’s 
performance or that may arise from future restructuring.

The Group has prepared value-in-use models for the purpose 
of impairment testing as at 30 September 2016, using five 
year discounted cash flow models based on Board approved 
forecasts. Cash flows beyond the five year period are 
extrapolated using a terminal value growth rate. 

For Gibson Island, the Group prepared a Fair Value Less Cost 
of Disposal (FVLCD) model to determine the recoverable 
amount. The FVLCD of the Gibson Island assets was 
determined as the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows for two years of operation until 2018 when 
supply under the existing favourable gas contract ends, less 
the present value of what would be received on its eventual 
disposal, taking into consideration the assumptions that an 
independent market participant would use. The fair value 
measurement is categorised as a Level 3 fair value based on 
the inputs used in the valuation (refer note 16: Financial risk 
management for explanation of the valuation hierarchy). 

Impairment losses

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying 
amount of an asset (or its CGU) exceeds its recoverable 
amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the profit or loss. 
Impairment losses recognised in respect of CGUs are allocated 
against assets in the following order:

•  Firstly, against the carrying amount of any goodwill 

allocated to the CGU. 

•  Secondly, against the carrying amount of any remaining 

assets in the CGU.   

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

64

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

12. Commitments

13.  Equity accounted investments

Capital expenditure commitments

Capital expenditure contracted but not provided for or 
payable at 30 September:

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

2016 
$mill

13.3 

1.6 

14.9 

2015 
$mill

146.0 

1.7 

147.7 

Lease commitments

Non-cancellable operating lease commitments comprise a 
number of operating lease arrangements for the provision of 
certain equipment. These leases have varying durations and 
expiry dates. The future minimum rental commitments are as 
follows at 30 September: 

no later than one year

later than one, no later than five years

later than five years

2016 
$mill

47.6 

90.1 

83.4 

2015 
$mill

49.5 

76.5 

59.8 

The Group has performed an analysis of the balance sheets 
and the results of each of its joint ventures and associates 
(as listed in note 14) at 30 September 2016 and considers 
them to be individually immaterial to the Group. As a result, 
no individual disclosures are included for the Group’s 
investments in joint ventures and associates.

Included in the table below is the summarised financial 
information of the Group’s joint ventures and associates at 
30 September: 

Carrying amount of joint ventures and associates

Note

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

Carrying amount at 1 October

Share of net profit 

Impairment of investment in associate

(2)

Dividends received/receivable

Foreign exchange movement

323.6 

291.2 

35.9 

–

38.2 

(1.1)

(35.6)

(37.0)

(5.9)

32.3 

Carrying amount at 30 September

318.0

323.6 

221.1 

185.8 

Carrying amount of investments in:

Joint ventures

Associates

Carrying amount of investments in  
joint ventures and associates 

266.9 

267.8 

51.1 

55.8 

318.0 

323.6 

Transactions between subsidiaries of the Group  
and joint ventures and associates 

Sales of goods/services

Purchase of goods/services

Management fees/royalties

Interest expense

Dividend income

2016 
$mill

307.1 

(31.3)

24.3 

(0.2)

35.6 

2015 
$mill

315.5 

(34.7)

29.5 

(0.1)

37.0 

Joint ventures and associates transactions represent amounts 
that do not eliminate on consolidation. 

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates

Amounts owing to related parties

Amounts owing from related parties

2016 
$mill

0.5 

40.8 

2015 
$mill

3.7 

45.6 

Loans with joint ventures and associates
Loans to joint ventures and associates

Loans from joint ventures and associates

23.2 

11.1 

23.6 

12.1 

Outstanding balances arising from transactions with joint 
ventures and associates are on standard market terms.

Key accounting policies

Leases are accounted for as either finance leases or 
operating leases. 

Finance leases

Under the terms of a finance lease, the Group assumes most 
of the risks and benefits associated with ownership of the 
leased asset.

Assets subject to finance leases are measured at the present 
value of the minimum lease payments. The leased asset is 
amortised on a straight-line basis over the period that 
benefits are expected to flow from its use. A corresponding 
liability is established for the lease payments. Each lease 
payment is allocated between finance charges and reduction 
of the liability.

Operating leases

Under the terms of an operating lease, the Group does not 
assume the risks and benefits associated with ownership of 
the leased asset. Payments made under operating leases are 
shown as lease payments in the Consolidated Statement of 
Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.

Issued standards not early adopted

The Group is currently evaluating the implications of AASB 
16: Leases. Information on the undiscounted amount of the 
Group’s operating lease commitments at 30 September 2016 
under AASB 117, the current leases standard, is disclosed 
above. Under AASB 16, the present value of these 
commitments would be shown as a liability on the balance 
sheet together with an asset representing the right-of-use. 
The ongoing income statement classification of what is 
currently predominantly presented as ‘Lease payments –
operating leases’ will be split between amortisation and 
interest expense. The first application date for the Group is 
the financial year ending 30 September 2020.

65

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

14.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates

The following list includes the Group’s principal operating subsidiaries and subsidiaries that are party to the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee dated 30 September 2008. There were no changes in the Group’s existing shareholdings in its subsidiaries, joint 
ventures and associates in the financial year, other than DetNet International Limited which was deregistered in August 2016.  
The Group previously held a 50 percent interest in this joint venture.

Subsidiaries

Name of entity

Company  
Incitec Pivot Limited(1) 

Controlled Entities – operating 
Incorporated in Australia 
Incitec Fertilizers Pty Limited  
(previously Incitec Fertilizers Limited)(1) 

TOP Australia Pty Limited 
(previously TOP Australia Ltd)(1)  

Southern Cross Fertilisers Pty Ltd(1) 
Southern Cross International Pty Ltd(1) 
Incitec Pivot LTI Plan Company Pty Limited 
Incitec Pivot Explosives Holdings Pty Limited(1) 
Queensland Operations Pty Limited  
Incitec Pivot Investments 1 Pty Ltd(1) 
Incitec Pivot Investments 2 Pty Ltd  
Incitec Pivot US Holdings Pty Ltd 
Incitec Pivot Finance Australia Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Europe Pty Ltd 
Dyno Nobel Management Pty Limited 
Industrial Investments Australia Finance Pty Limited 
Dyno Nobel Asia Pacific Pty Limited(1)  
Dampier Nitrogen Pty Ltd 
DNX Australia Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Moranbah Pty Ltd(1) 
Dyno Nobel Moura Pty Limited(1) 

Incorporated in USA 
Incitec Pivot US Investments 
Incitec Pivot Management LLC 
Incitec Pivot Finance LLC 
Dyno Nobel Australia LLC 
The Dyno Nobel SPS LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings IV LLC 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA III, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA II, Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Holdings USA, Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Transportation Inc.  
Simsbury Hopmeadow Street LLC  
Dyno Nobel Holdings V LLC  
Tradestar Corporation 
CMMPM, LLC  
CMMPM Holdings L.P.  
Dyno Nobel Louisiana Ammonia, LLC 

Ownership 
interest

Name of entity

Ownership 
interest

Controlled Entities – operating (continued) 
Incorporated in Canada 
Dyno Nobel Canada Inc.  
Dyno Nobel Transportation Canada Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Nunavut Inc.  
Incitec Pivot Finance Canada Inc. 
Polar Explosives 2000 Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel (Polar) Inc.  
(previously Polar Explosives Ltd) 
Dyno Nobel Waggaman Inc. 

Incorporated in Hong Kong 
Incitec Pivot Holdings (Hong Kong) Limited  
TinLinhe Nitrogen Limited  
Quantum Fertilisers Limited  

Incorporated in Singapore 
Coltivi Insurance Pte Limited 

Incorporated in New Zealand 
Prime Manufacturing Ltd 

Incorporated in Chile 
Dyno Nobel Explosivos Chile Limitada  

Incorporated in Peru 
Dyno Nobel Peru S.A. 

Incorporated in Mexico 
Dyno Nobel Mexico, S.A. de C.V.  

Incorporated in Papua New Guinea 
DNX Papua New Guinea Ltd(2) 

Incorporated in Indonesia 
PT DNX Indonesia 

Incorporated in Turkey 
Nitromak DNX Kimya Sanayii A.S. 

Incorporated in Romania 
SC Romnitro Explosives Srl. 

Incorporated in Albania 
DNX Nitro Industrial Kimike Sh.p.k 

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
84% 

100%

100%
100%
65%

100%

75%

100%

100%

99%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

(1)   A party to Deed of Cross Guarantee dated 30 September 2008.
(2)  This entity has a 31 December financial year end. 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Capital investment 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

14.  Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates (continued)

Joint ventures and associates

Name of entity

Joint ventures 
Incorporated in USA 
Alpha Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Boren Explosives Co., Inc. 
Buckley Powder Co. (1) 
IRECO Midwest Inc. 
Wampum Hardware Co. 
Midland Powder Company 
Mine Equipment & Mill Supply Company 
Controlled Explosives Inc. 
Western Explosives Systems Company 

Incorporated in Canada 
Newfoundland Hard-Rok Inc. 
Dyno Nobel Labrador Inc. 
Quantum Explosives Inc. 
Dene Dyno Nobel Inc. 
Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. (2) 
Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc. (3) 
Dyno Nobel Baffin Island Inc. 

Incorporated in Australia 
Queensland Nitrates Pty Ltd 
Queensland Nitrates Management Pty 

Incorporated in South Africa 
DetNet South Africa (Pty) Ltd 
Sasol Dyno Nobel (Pty) Ltd 

Incorporated in Mexico 
DNEX Mexico, S. De R.L. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region Lagunera, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos De La Region, Central, S.A. de C.V. 
Nitro Explosivos de Ciudad Guzman, S.A. de C.V. 
Explosivos Y Servicios Para La Construccion, S.A. de C.V. 

Incorporated in Malaysia 
Tenaga Kimia Ensign-Bickford Sdn Bhd 

Ownership 
interest

Name of entity

Ownership 
interest

Associates 
Incorporated in USA 
Warex Corporation 
Warex LLC 
Maine Drilling and Blasting Group 
Independent Explosives 

Incorporated in Canada 
Labrador Maskuau Ashini Ltd 
Valley Hydraulics Inc. 
Apex Construction Specialities Inc. 
Innu Namesu Ltd 

Incorporated in Singapore 
Fabchem China Ltd 

25%
25%
49%
49%

25%
25%
25%
25%

30%

50%
50%
51%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%
50%

50%
50%
50%
49%
49%
49%
50%

50%
50%

50%
50%

49%
49%
49%
49%
49%

50%

(1)   Due to the contractual and decision making arrangements between the shareholders of the entity, despite the legal ownership exceeding 50 percent, this 

entity is not considered to be a subsidiary. 

(2)   Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. However, 

under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 75 percent of the profit of Qaaqtuq Dyno Nobel Inc. 

(3)   Due to legal requirements in the Canadian Northwest Territories, the Group cannot own more than 49 percent of shares in Dene Dyno Nobel (DWEI) Inc. 

(previously Denesoline Western Explosives Inc.) However, under the joint venture agreement, the Group is entitled to 95 percent of the profit of Dene Dyno 
Nobel (DWEI) Inc. 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

67

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

15. Provisions and contingencies

Provisions at 30 September 2016 are analysed as follows:

30 September 2016

Carrying amount at 1 October 2015
Provisions made during the year
Provisions written back during the year
Payments made during the year
Interest unwind

Foreign exchange movement

Carrying amount at 30 September 2016

Current

Non-current

Employee 
entitlements
$mill

Restructuring and 
rationalisation
$mill

Environmental
$mill

Asset retirement 
obligations
$mill

Legal  
and other
$mill

Total provisions
$mill

57.4 
3.6 
–
(4.7)
2.0 

–

58.3 

49.9 

8.4 

4.9 
43.3
(0.4)
(22.5)
–

(0.2)

25.1 

24.9 

0.2 

68.8 
2.3
(0.4)
(6.5)
0.7 

(3.5)

61.4 

22.3 

39.1 

38.2 
4.7 
(0.2)
(0.7)
2.3 

(0.9)

43.4 

3.0 

40.4 

10.9 
15.9 
(2.3)
(9.7)
–

(0.5)

14.3 

14.3 

–

180.2 
69.8
(3.3)
(44.1)
5.0 

(5.1)

202.5 

114.4 

88.1 

Key accounting policies

Provisions are measured at management’s estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the obligation. This estimate is 
based on a “present value” calculation, which involves the 
application of a discount rate to the expected future cash 
flows associated with settlement. The discount rate takes 
into account factors such as risks specific to the liability and 
the time value of money.

Employee entitlements 

Provisions are made for liabilities to employees for annual 
leave, long service leave and other employee entitlements. 
Where the payment to employees is expected to take place 
in 12 months time or later, a present value calculation is 
performed. In this instance, the corporate bond rate is used 
to discount the liability to its present value.

Restructuring and rationalisation 

Provisions for restructuring or rationalisation are only 
recognised when a detailed plan has been approved and the 
restructuring or rationalisation has either commenced or 
been publicly announced.

Environmental 

Provisions relating to the remediation of soil, groundwater, 
untreated waste and other environmental contamination are 
made when the Group has an obligation to carry out the 
clean-up operation as a result of a past event. In addition, a 
provision will only be made where it is possible to reliably 
estimate the costs involved. 

Asset retirement obligations

In certain circumstances, the Group has an obligation to 
dismantle and remove an asset and to restore the site on 
which it is located. The present value of the estimated costs 
of this process is recognised as part of the asset that is 
depreciated and also as a provision.

At each reporting date, the provision is remeasured in line 
with changes in discount rates and the timing and amount of 
future estimated cash flows. Any changes in the provision 
are added to or deducted from the related asset, other than 
changes associated with the passage of time. This is 
recognised as a borrowing cost in the profit or loss.

Legal and other

There are a number of legal claims and other exposures, 
including claims for damages arising from products and 
services supplied by the Group, that arise from the ordinary 
course of business. A provision is only made where it is 
probable that a sacrifice of future economic benefits will be 
required and the costs involved can be reliably estimated.

Key estimates and judgments

Provisions are based on the Group’s estimate of the  
timing and value of outflows of resources required to 
settle or satisfy commitments and liabilities known to  
the Group at the reporting date.

Contingencies

The following contingent liabilities are considered remote. 
However the directors are of the view that they should be 
disclosed:

•  Under the terms of the ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as 

amended) dated 13 August 1998, which relieved certain 
wholly-owned subsidiaries from the requirement to prepare 
audited financial statements, IPL and certain wholly-owned 
subsidiaries (identified in note 14) have entered into an 
approved deed for the cross guarantee of liabilities.  
No liabilities subject to the Deed of Cross Guarantee at  
30 September 2016 are expected to arise to IPL or the 
relevant subsidiaries.

•  The Group is regularly subject to investigations and audit 

activities by the revenue authorities of jurisdictions in which 
the Group operates. The outcome of these investigations 
and audits depends upon several factors which may result 
in further tax payments or refunds of tax payments already 
made by the Group.

•  Contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of business 
and include a number of legal claims, environmental clean-
up requirements and bank guarantees.

The Directors are of the opinion that no additional provisions 
are required in respect of these matters, as it is either 
not probable that a future sacrifice of economic benefits 
will be required or the amount is not capable of reliable 
measurement. 

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

68

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management

The Group is exposed to financial risks including liquidity risk, market risk and credit risk. This note explains the Group’s 
financial risk exposures and its objectives, policies and processes for measuring and managing these risks.

The Board of Directors (the Board) has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the Group’s risk 
management framework. The Board established the Audit and Risk Management Committee (ARMC) which is responsible for, 
amongst other things, the monitoring of the Group’s risk management plans. The ARMC is assisted in its oversight role by the 
Group’s Risk Management function. The Risk Management function performs reviews of the Group’s risk management controls 
and procedures, the results of which are reported to the ARMC. The ARMC reports regularly to the Board on its activities.

The Group’s financial risk management framework includes policies to identify, analyse and manage the Group’s financial risks. 
These policies set appropriate financial risk limits and controls, identify permitted derivative instruments and provide guidance on 
how to monitor and report financial risks and adherence to set limits. Financial risk management policies, procedures and systems 
are reviewed regularly to ensure they remain appropriate given changes in market conditions and/or the Group’s activities.

Financial risks

Liquidity risk: The risk that the Group is not able to refinance its debt obligations or meet other cash outflow obligations 
when required. 

Source of risk
Exposure to liquidity risk derives from the Group’s operations 
and from the external interest bearing liabilities that it holds. 

This includes stress testing of critical assumptions such as 
input costs, sales prices, production volumes, exchange rates 
and capital expenditure.

Risk mitigation
Liquidity risk is managed by ensuring there are sufficient 
committed funding facilities available to meet the Group’s 
financial commitments in a timely manner.

The Group’s forecast liquidity requirements are continually 
reassessed based on regular forecasting of earnings and 
capital requirements. 

The Group aims to hold a minimum liquidity buffer of at 
least $500m in undrawn non-current committed funding to 
meet any unforeseen cash flow requirements. Details on the 
Group’s committed finance facilities, including the maturity 
dates of these facilities, are included in note 8.

Outstanding financial instruments

The Group’s exposures to liquidity risk are set out in the tables below:

Contractual  
cash flows(1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

30 September 2015

Contractual  
cash flows (1) 
$mill

0 – 12  
months 
$mill

1 – 5 
years 
$mill

more than
5 years 
$mill

30 September 2016

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

2,289.4 

11.1  2,278.3 

Interest payments

261.6

68.6

193.0 

Trade and other payables

946.8 

939.5 

Bank guarantees

133.4 

61.5 

7.3 

8.9 

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities
Forward exchange contracts

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Commodity swaps

Commodity options

Net derivative cash  
outflows

3,631.2  1,080.7  2,487.5 

63.0 

4.8 

2.4 

2.4 

29.5 

35.6 

 - 

(2.6)

29.5 

32.0 

(17.0)

(6.4) 

(10.6)

1.7

1.0

0.7

–

–

6.2 

–

–

54.6

(5.6)

54.0

6.2 

Non-derivative  
financial liabilities
Interest bearing liabilities

Interest payments

Trade and other payables

–

–

–

63.0 

Bank guarantees

Total non-derivative  
cash outflows

Derivative financial  
(assets)/liabilities

Cross currency interest  
rate swaps

Interest rate swaps
Commodity swaps

Net derivative cash  
outflows

2,553.7 

747.1  1,806.6 

357.4 

70.0 

287.4 

893.1 

888.5 

144.4 

70.7 

4.6 

8.4 

–

–

–

65.3 

3,948.6  1,776.3  2,107.0 

65.3 

143.4 

30.1 

113.3 

9.7 
12.0 

(6.2)
12.0 

7.4 
–

–

–

8.5 
–

161.9 

32.7 

120.7 

8.5 

Forward exchange contracts

(3.2)

(3.2)

–

(1) Contractual cash flows are not discounted, include interest amounts payable, and are based on foreign exchange rates at year end. Any subsequent movements 

in foreign exchange rates could impact the actual cash flows on settlement of these assets and liabilities.

69

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk: The risk that changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices will affect the Group’s 
earnings, cash flows and the carrying values of its financial instruments.

Foreign exchange risk

Source of risk

Risk mitigation

The Group is exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates 
(primarily in USD) on the following transactions and balances:

Foreign exchange exposure to sales and purchases is 
managed by entering into formal hedging arrangements.

l   Sales and purchases
l   Trade receivables and trade payables
l  

Interest bearing liabilities

The Group is also exposed to foreign exchange movements 
(primarily in USD) on the translation of the earnings, assets 
and liabilities of its foreign operations.

The Group hedges both specific transactions and net 
exposures by entering into foreign exchange rate derivative 
contracts.

The translation risk of USD denominated interest bearing 
liabilities and net investments in foreign operations and their 
earnings is also managed by entering into foreign exchange 
rate derivative financial instruments.

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to movements in the AUD:USD exchange rate and the derivative financial 
instruments that are in place to hedge these exposures at 30 September: 

Transactional exposures

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities

2016
AUD:USD
USD mill

2015
AUD:USD
USD mill

187.5 

0.2 

(244.3)
(1,573.0)

(179.0)
(1,573.0)

Foreign exchange rates

The AUD:USD foreign exchange rates used by the Group to 
translate its foreign denominated earnings, assets and 
liabilities are set out below:

2016
AUD:USD

2015
AUD:USD

Gross exposure (before hedging)

(1,629.8)

(1,751.8)

30 September foreign exchange rate

0.7626 

0.7017 

Average foreign exchange rate for the year

0.7359 

0.7868 

58.1 

176.4 

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments

Hedge of transactional exposures

Trade and other receivables and payables

Forward exchange contracts

Interest bearing liabilities

Forward exchange contracts
Cross currency interest rate swaps

Total hedge contract values
Net exposure (after hedging)

Hedge of forecast sales and purchases

Forward exchange contracts

Total hedge contract values

273.0 
1,300.0 

1,631.1 
1.3

2016
AUD:USD
USD mill

273.0 
1,300.0 

1,749.4 
(2.4)

2015
AUD:USD
USD mill

(198.2)

(198.2)

2016
AUD:USD
USD mill

27.9 

27.9 

2015
AUD:USD
USD mill

Translational exposures

Net investment in foreign operations

2,654.8 

2,280.2 

Gross exposure (before hedging)

2,654.8 

2,280.2 

Hedge of translational exposures

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

Total hedge contract values
Net exposure (after hedging)

(1,781.5)
(73.0)

(1,854.5)
800.3 

(1,746.5)
(473.0)

(2,219.5)
60.7 

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement 
(net of hedging) in the AUD:USD exchange rate on the 
Group’s profit and equity before tax in relation to foreign 
denominated assets and liabilities at 30 September: 

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2015

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2015

Foreign exchange 
sensitivity – (net of 
hedging)

Trade and other 
receivables and payables  
– (profit or loss)

Hedge of forecast 
transactions – (equity)

Investments in foreign 
operations – (equity)

(0.1)

0.1

0.1

(0.1)

3.4 

(3.5)

(0.6)

(13.6)

13.9 

(1.2)

0.6

1.3

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

70

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Foreign exchange risk (continued)

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis (continued)

Sensitivity to foreign exchange rate movements during 
the year (unhedged)

The table below shows the impact of a 1 cent movement in 
the AUD:USD foreign exchange rates on the Group’s profit 
before tax, in relation to sales and earnings during the year 
that were denominated in USD. 
+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2016

+ 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2015

- 1c 
AUD:USD
AUD mill
2015

The fertiliser sales sensitivity calculation is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured by the Australian fertiliser plants and 
sold during the year, the average AUD:USD exchange rate for 
the year, and the average USD fertiliser price.

The North American earnings translation sensitivity 
calculation is based on the earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation from the North American 
business for the year and the average AUD:USD exchange 
rate for the year.

USD Fertiliser sales from 
Australian plants
North American USD 
earnings

(8.0)

8.2 

(9.6)

(2.7)

2.8

(2.9)

9.8 

2.9 

Interest rate risk

Source of risk
Exposure to interest rate risk is a result of the effect of 
changes in interest rates on the Group’s outstanding interest 
bearing liabilities and derivative instruments.

Risk mitigation
The exposure to interest rate risk is mitigated by maintaining a 
mix of fixed and variable interest rate borrowings and by 
entering into interest rate derivative instruments. 

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The Group holds interest rate swap and option contracts at 30 September summarised in the tables below: 

Interest rate swaps

2016 
not later than one year

later than one year,  
no later than five years

later than one year,  
no later than five years
later than five years

2015 
not later than one year
later than one year,  
no later than five years
later than five years

Average  
pay  
fixed rate(1)

Average  
receive 
 fixed rate(1) 

Duration  
(years)

Net contract  
amounts  
USD mill

1.45%

3.01%

–

–

–
2.11%

(3.17%)
–

–

(1.55%)

3.31% 
3.68% 

(3.17%)
–

0.2 

3.8

3.2 
2.8 

0.2 

4.1 
3.0 

400

550

300
450

500

350
250

Interest rate options

Contracts maturing between  
1 and 5 years
Sold cap
Bought cap
Sold floor
Bought floor

(1) LIBOR

Net contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2016

Strike (1) 
2016 

Duration 
(years)

350
 350
350
350

3.75% 
2.58% 
1.50% 
0.01% 

0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

Interest rate options

Contracts maturing later than  
5 years
Sold cap
Bought cap
Sold floor
Bought floor

(1) LIBOR

Net contract 
amounts  
USD mill 
2016

Strike (1) 
2016 

Duration 
(years)

350
350
 350
 350

3.75% 
2.58% 
1.50% 
0.01% 

3.2
3.2
3.2
3.2

Interest rate sensitivity on outstanding financial instruments

The following table shows the sensitivity of the Group’s 
profit before tax to a 1 per cent change in interest rates. The 
sensitivity is calculated based on the Group’s interest bearing 
liabilities and derivative financial instruments that are 
exposed to interest rate movements and the AUD:USD 
exchange rate at 30 September:

Interest rate sensitivity

LIBOR

BBSW

+ 1%  
AUD mill
2016

- 1%  
AUD mill
2016

+ 1%  
AUD mill
2015

- 1%  
AUD mill
2015

(13.8)

6.0 

13.8 

(6.0)

(25.1)

7.9 

25.1 

(7.9)

The sensitivity above is also representative of the Group’s 
interest rate exposures during the year. 

71

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Commodity price risk

Source of risk
Exposure to changes in commodity prices is by virtue of the 
products that the Group sells and its manufacturing operations, and 
can be categorised into four main commodities, namely: 
Ammonium Nitrate, Ammonium Phosphate, Urea and Natural Gas. 

Outstanding financial instruments and sensitivity analysis

The table below includes the Group’s derivative contracts that 
are exposed to changes in natural gas prices at 30 September:

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2016

Price/Strike 
USD(2) 
2016

Total volume 
(MMBTU)(1) 
2015

Price/Strike 
USD(2) 
2015

Contracts maturing  
within 1 year
Natural gas swaps 
fixed payer/(receiver)
Natural gas options

–

– 13,391,500 

3.34

Sold Call
Bought Call
Sold Put
Bought Put

–
3,833,000 
3,833,000 
–

–
4.36
3.07
–

1,499,000 
1,499,000 
1,499,000 
1,499,000 

4.00
3.19
2.50
1.50

Contracts maturing  
between 1 and 5 years
Natural gas options

Bought Call
Sold Put

1,600,000 
1,600,000 

4.52
3.28

8,232,000 
8,232,000 

4.24
 3.00

(1) Million Metric British Thermal Units 
(2) Nymex Henry Hub gas price

Natural gas price sensitivity on outstanding financial 
instruments 
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s equity 
before tax to a change of USD1 per MMBTU in the natural 
gas price. The sensitivity is based on natural gas derivative 
contracts held by the Group at 30 September: 

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2015

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2015

Henry Hub USD 

2.3

(2.3)

27.3

(27.3)

Sensitivity to natural gas price movements during the year
The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a change of USD1 per MMBTU in the natural 
gas price. The sensitivity is based on the average natural gas 
price, the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the 
impact of hedging) and the current annual natural gas 
consumption of the Group’s manufacturing operations in the 
Americas that are exposed to changes in natural gas prices: 

Natural gas price  
sensitivity

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2016

+ US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2015

- US$1 per  
1 MMBTU
AUD mill 
2015

Henry Hub USD

(8.3)

8.3

(7.9)

7.9

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Risk mitigation
Price risk exposure is managed by entering into long term 
contracts with suppliers and customers where possible. Where 
commodity price exposures cannot be eliminated through 
contracted and/or other commercial arrangements, the Group 
may enter into derivative contracts where available on a 
needs basis, to mitigate this risk. However in some instances 
price risk exposure cannot be economically mitigated by either 
contractual arrangements or derivative contracts.

Sensitivity to fertiliser price movements during the year

The table below shows the sensitivity of the Group’s profit 
before tax to a USD10 per tonne change in Ammonium 
Phosphates and Urea prices. The sensitivity is based on actual 
tonnes manufactured and sold by the Group during the year 
and the average AUD:USD exchange rate (excluding the 
impact of hedging) for the year:

Fertiliser price sensitivity

2016
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP (FOB Tampa)
Urea (FOB NOLA)
2015
Granular Urea (FOB Middle East)
DAP (FOB Tampa)
Urea (FOB NOLA)

+ USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

- USD10 
per tonne
AUD mill

Actual  
Tonnes  
(’000s) 

4.7 
13.7 
2.4

4.6 
13.3 
2.1 

(4.6)
(13.7)
(2.4)

(4.6)
(13.3)
(2.1)

347 
1,010 
178

360 
1,046 
163 

The table below includes the Group’s derivatives contracts 
that are exposed to changes in Brent oil prices at 30 
September 2016;

Total volume 
(barrels) 
2016

Price  
USD(1) 
2016

Total volume 
(barrels) 
2015

Price(1) 
2015

Contracts maturing 
between 1 and 5 years

Oil swaps fixed payer

2,137,488 

47.30

–

–

(1) Oil-Brent (DTD)-Platts Marketwire 

The Group has entered into a gas supply agreement in 
Australia with pricing referenced to the USD Brent oil price.  
As a result, the Group entered into Brent oil fixed price swaps 
to eliminate the exposure to changes in the Brent oil price.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

72

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2016, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

Balance at 30 September 2016

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses) 
recognised in 
reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to 
profit or loss(2)

30 September 2016

Notes

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge (3)

Commodity price risk on forecast purchases

Commodity swaps
Commodity options
Discontinued hedge (3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Interest rate options
Discontinued hedge (3)
Total cash flow hedges

Fair value hedges(4)
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD bonds

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(5)
Total fair value hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps

Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

(8)

 0.9 
 –   

 16.7 
 –   
 –   

 0.1 
 –   
 –   
 17.7 

 371.4 
 71.6 

 25.5 
 –   
 468.5 

 –   
 0.1 
 –   
 0.1 

 0.8 
 1.2 

 2.0 

 1.1 

 46.4 

(3.7)
 –   

(0.1)
(1.5)
 –   

(60.1)
(5.4)
 –   
(70.8)

 –   
 –   

 –   
 –   
 –   

 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(234.0)
(1.9)

(29.5)
3.3
(262.1)

(2.5)
 20.5 

 16.6 
(1.9)
(2.3)

(58.5)
(6.1)
(10.1)
(44.3)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(2.5)
 15.5 

 17.8 
 1.6 
(2.1)

(16.7)
(6.2)
(4.2)
 3.2 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(401.2)
(71.6)
 –   
(472.8)

(0.4)
(1.1)

(1.5)

–

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

 –   

(404.0)
(48.3)
(115.6)
(567.9)

203.2
31.1
 3.6 
 237.9 

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

(16.1)

(0.1)

(443.0)

 443.0 

 0.2 
(8.7)

 –   
 –   
 12.5 

 –   
 –   
 1.9 
 5.9 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

 –   

(102.1)

(262.1)

(628.3)

 241.0 

 5.9 

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position.

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs.

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. At 30 September 2016, a loss of $10.9m was transferred from 
reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges, as the underlying transaction was no longer expected to occur.

(4)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities is $468.5m. The cross currency interest rate swaps and forward 

exchange contracts hedging the foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings have a contract value of USD1,573m, and are 
economic hedges of USD1,573m of the Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities. The interest rate swap contracts effectively convert USD300m of 
the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates.

(5)  The fair value hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the 

hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

73

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Market risk (continued)

Included in the table below are details of the Group’s derivative instruments at 30 September 2015, classified by hedge 
accounting type and market risk category: 

Balance at 30 September 2015

During the period

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging 
instrument 
asset(1)

Carrying 
amount of 
hedging  
instrument
liability(1)

Fair value 
hedge  
adjustment  
of hedged 
item

Balance of 
gains/ 
(losses) in 
reserves 
before tax

Gains/ 
(losses)  
recognised  
in reserves(2)

Reclassification  
of (gains)/ 
losses from  
reserves to 
profit or loss(2) 

30 September 2015

Notes

Cash flow hedges
Foreign exchange risk on forecast sales & purchases

Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Commodity price risk on forecast purchases

Natural gas swaps
Natural gas options
Platinum forwards
Discontinued hedge(3)

Interest rate risk on highly probable debt

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(3)
Total cash flow hedges

Fair value hedges(4)
Foreign exchange risk on USD borrowings

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

Interest rate risk on fixed USD and AUD bonds

Interest rate swaps
Discontinued hedge(5)
Total fair value hedges

Net investment hedges
Foreign exchange risk on foreign operation

Cross currency interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts
Discontinued hedge(3)

Total net investment hedges

Held for trading(6)

Forward exchange contracts
Interest rate swaps

Total held for trading

Offsetting contracts(1)

Equity instruments

Total net

(8)

 3.0 
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
 3.0 

 521.5 
 101.8 

 34.8 
–

 658.1 

–
 2.8 
–
 2.8 

 48.9 
 1.7 

 50.6 

 1.2 

 45.1 

(2.8)
–

(10.5)
(3.3)
(1.2)
–

(43.5)
 - 
(61.3)

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

(522.9)
(18.9)

(41.1)
 4.5 
(578.4)

 0.1 
 13.4 

(9.2)
(3.4)
(1.2)
(3.6)

(41.8)
(7.7)
(53.4)

–
–

–
–
–

 0.1 
 33.2 

(9.2)
(3.4)
(1.2)
(8.2)

(39.2)
(1.5)
(29.4)

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

(665.0)
(101.8)

–

(766.8)

(47.7)
(1.7)

(49.4)

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

(654.3)
(76.8)
(74.7)
(805.8)

(413.0)
(67.3)
(122.3)
(602.6)

–
–

–

–

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

(16.0)

(875.2)

(3.6)

(635.6)

(670.6)

 670.6 

(206.9)

(578.4)

–
(14.3)

–
–
–
 4.6 

 0.7 
 4.0 
(5.0)

–
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

(5.0)

(1)  Balances are included in other financial assets/liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position. Financial assets and financial liabilities that are 

subject to enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the Statement of Financial Position.

(2)  Gains or losses recognised in the reserves will be reclassified to the same line item in the profit or loss as the underlying hedged item when 

the underlying forecast transaction occurs.

(3)  Gains or losses on discontinued hedges that were in cash flow hedge or net investment hedge relationships remain in the reserves until the 

underlying transactions occur or upon disposal of the underlying net investment. At 30 September 2015, a loss of $1.4m was transferred from 
reserves to profit or loss in relation to ineffective hedges, as the underlying transaction was no longer expected to occur.

(4)  The total fair value of derivatives hedging the Group’s interest bearing liabilities was $658.1m at 30 September 2015. The cross currency 

interest rate swaps and forward exchange contracts hedging the foreign currency exposure of the Group’s USD borrowings had a contract value 
of USD1,573m, and were economic hedges of USD1,573m of the Group’s USD interest bearing liabilities at 30 September 2015. The interest 
rate swap contracts effectively convert USD800m of the Group’s fixed interest rate borrowings to floating interest rates.

(5)  The fair value hedge adjustment of a hedged item where the hedging instrument is discontinued remains in the carrying amount of the 

hedged item and is amortised to the profit or loss over the life of the hedged item.

(6)  Derivatives which are classified as held for trading are in economic hedge relationships that do not qualify for hedge accounting. These hedges 

are effective economic hedges or offsetting hedges based on contractual amounts and cash flows over the life of the underlying item.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

74

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Financial risks (continued)

Credit risk: The risk of financial loss to the Group as a result of customers or counterparties to financial assets failing to 
meet their contractual obligations.

Source of risk

Credit risk exposure

The Group is exposed to counterparty credit risk from trade 
and other receivables and financial instrument contracts that 
are outstanding at the reporting date.

Risk mitigation

The Group minimises the credit risk associated with trade 
and other receivables balances by undertaking transactions 
with a large number of customers in various countries. 

The creditworthiness of customers is reviewed prior to 
granting credit, using trade references and credit reference 
agencies. Credit limits are established and monitored for 
each customer, and these limits represent the highest level 
of exposure that a customer can reach. Trade credit insurance 
is purchased when required. 

The Group mitigates credit risk from financial instrument 
contracts by only entering into transactions with 
counterparties who have sound credit ratings and, where 
applicable, with whom the Group has a signed netting 
agreement. Given their high credit ratings, the Group does 
not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations.

Fair value

Fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities is 
calculated using a variety of techniques depending on the 
type of financial instrument as follows:

•  The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
traded in active markets (such as equity securities and 
fixed interest rate bonds) is the quoted market price at 
the reporting date.

• 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts, interest rate 
swaps, and cross currency interest rate swaps is calculated 
using discounted cash flows, reflecting the credit risk of 
various counterparties. Future cash flows are calculated 
based on the contract rate, observable forward interest  
rates and foreign exchange rates. Adjustments for the 
currency basis are made at the end of the reporting period.

•  The fair value of option contracts is calculated using the 
contract rates and observable market rates at the end of 
the reporting period, reflecting the credit risk of various 
counterparties. The valuation technique is consistent with 
the Black-Scholes methodology and utilises Monte Carlo 
simulations. 

•  The fair value of commodity swaps and forward contracts 
is calculated using their quoted market price, where 
available. If a quoted market price is not available, then 
fair value is calculated using discounted cash flows. 
Future cash flows are estimated based on the difference 
between the contractual price and the current observable 
market price, reflecting the credit risk of various 
counterparties. These future cash flows are then 
discounted to present value.

•  The nominal value less expected credit losses of trade 
receivables and payables are assumed to approximate 
their fair values due to their short term maturity.

75

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk at 30 
September is the carrying amount, net of any provision for 
impairment, of the financial assets as detailed in the table 
below: 

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative assets

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

276.8 

310.0 

427.1 

606.3 

45.3 

43.9 

749.2 

960.2 

Financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to 
enforceable master netting arrangements are offset in the 
Statement of Financial Position. At 30 September 2016, the 
amount netted in other financial assets and other financial 
liabilities is $443.0m (2015: $670.6m). 

Fair value hierarchy
The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair 
value by valuation method. The different levels have been 
defined as follows:
• 

Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for 
identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within 
Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 
either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from prices).
Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs). 

• 

• 

2016

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

2015

Listed equity securities
Derivative financial assets
Derivative financial liabilities

Level 1 
$mill

1.1 
–
–

Level 1 
$mill

1.2 
 – 
 – 

Level 2 
$mill

–
45.3
(102.1)

Level 2 
$mill

 – 
43.9 
(206.9)

Level 3 
$mill

–
–
–

Level 3 
$mill

 – 
 – 
 – 

Fair value of financial assets and liabilities carried at 
amortised cost
Cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, 
interest bearing liabilities, and trade and other payables are 
carried at amortised cost which equals their fair value.

Interest bearing liabilities have a carrying value of 
$2,289.4m (2015: $2,553.7m) – refer to note 8. The fair 
value of the interest bearing financial liabilities at 30 
September 2016 was $2,367.0m (2015: $2,664.3m) and was 
based on the level 2 valuation methodology.

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Risk management 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

16. Financial risk management (continued)

Key accounting policies

Foreign currency transactions and balances

Cash flow hedges

The Group presents its accounts in Australian dollars. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars 
using the exchange rates at the date the transaction occurs. 

Balance sheet items, monetary assets (such as trade 
receivables) and liabilities (such as trade creditors) 
denominated in foreign currencies are translated into 
Australian dollars using the exchange rate at 30 September. 
Non-monetary items (for example, plant and machinery) 
that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are 
not re-translated.

Foreign exchange gains and losses relating to transactions 
are recognised in the profit or loss with the exception of 
gains and losses arising from cash flow hedges and net 
investment hedges that are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. 

Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of the Group’s foreign operations 
are translated at applicable exchange rates at 30 September. 
Income and expense items are translated at the average 
exchange rates for the period. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses arising on translation are 
recognised in the foreign currency translation reserve (FCTR). 
If and when the Group disposes of the foreign operation, 
these gains and losses are transferred from the FCTR to the 
profit or loss.

Derivatives and hedging

The Group uses contracts known as derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its financial risk exposures.

On entering into a hedging relationship, the Group formally 
designates and documents details of the hedge, risk 
management objective and strategy for entering into the 
arrangement. The Group applies hedge accounting to 
hedging relationships that are expected to be highly 
effective in offsetting changes in fair value, i.e. where the 
cash flows arising from the hedge instrument closely match 
the cash flows arising from the hedged item. 

Hedge accounting is discontinued when:

• 

• 

the hedging relationship no longer meets the risk 
management objective;

the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or 
exercised; or

• 

the hedge no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Derivatives are measured at fair value. The accounting 
treatment applied to specific types of hedges is set out 
below.

Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are 
recognised in equity, in the cash flow hedge reserve. To the 
extent that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss.

Fair value gains or losses accumulated in the reserve are taken 
to profit or loss when the hedged item affects profit or loss. 
When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognised in the reserve is transferred to the carrying 
amount of the asset when the asset is purchased.

Net investment hedges

Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are 
accounted for in a similar way as cash flow hedges. Gains or 
losses on the effective portion of the hedge are recognised 
directly in equity (in the FCTR) while any gains or losses 
relating to the ineffective portion are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

On disposal of the foreign operation, the cumulative value of 
gains or losses recognised in the FCTR are transferred to 
profit or loss.

Fair value hedges

The change in the fair value of the hedging instrument and 
the change in the hedged item are recognised in the profit 
or loss.

Hedge ineffectiveness

The Group aims to transact only highly effective hedge 
relationships, and in most cases the hedging instruments 
have a 1:1 hedge ratio with the hedged items. However, at 
times, some hedge ineffectiveness can arise and is 
recognised in profit or loss in the period in which it occurs. 
Key sources of hedge ineffectiveness for the Group are as 
follows: 

•  Maturity dates of hedging instruments not matching the 

maturity dates of the hedged items.

•  Credit risk inherent within the hedging instrument not 

matching the movement in the hedged item. 

• 

Interest rates of the Group’s financing facilities not 
matching the interest rates of the hedging instrument.

•  Forecast transactions not occurring.

Classification of financial instruments

Financial instruments are classified into the following 
categories:

•  Amortised cost (cash and cash equivalents, interest 

bearing liabilities and trade and other receivables and 
payables).

•  Fair value through other comprehensive income (listed 

equity securities).

•  Fair value through profit or loss (derivative financial 

instruments).

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

76

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

17. Share-based payments

Long Term Incentive Plans (LTIs)

The LTIs are designed to link reward with the key 
performance drivers that underpin sustainable growth in 
shareholder value. With regard to the LTI 2013/16 plan, the 
performance conditions comprise earnings per share growth 
and relative total shareholder returns. With regard to the LTI 
2014/17 and LTI 2015/18 plans, the performance conditions 
comprise relative total shareholder return and the delivery of 
certain strategic initiatives.

The arrangements support the Company’s strategy for 
retention and motivation of its executives.

Employee Share Ownership Plan

The Board established the Incitec Pivot Employee Share 
Ownership Plan (ESOP) on 28 October 2003. The Board 
determines which employees are eligible to receive 
invitations to participate in the ESOP. Invitations are generally 
made annually to eligible employees on the following basis:

•  employees are each entitled to acquire shares with a 

maximum value of $1,000.

•  employees cannot dispose of the shares for a period of 
three years from the date of acquisition or until they 
leave their employment with the Company, whichever 
occurs first.

Expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions

Total expenses arising from share-based payment 
transactions recognised during the period as part of 
employee benefit expense were as follows: 

Accounting value of performance rights 
issued under the LTI performance plans

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

 1.2 

 4.3 

2016 
Number

2015 
Number

Number of performance rights outstanding 
under the LTI performance plans

 5,983,751 

 6,643,412 

Detailed disclosure of the movements in LTIs are disclosed in 
the Remuneration Report.

Key accounting policies

The rights to shares granted to employees under the terms 
of the plans are measured at fair value. The fair value is 
recognised as an employee expense over the period that 
employees become unconditionally entitled to the rights. 
There is a corresponding increase in equity, which is 
reflected in the share-based payments reserve.

The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to reflect 
the actual number of rights taken up, once related service 
and other non-market conditions are met.

77

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

18. Retirement benefit obligation

The Group operates a number of defined benefit plans in the 
America’s and Asia Pacific to provide benefits for employees 
and their dependants on retirement, disability or death.

Key assumptions and sensitivities
Principal actuarial assumptions

The Group also makes contributions to defined contribution 
schemes.

Discount rate (gross of tax)
Future salary increases

2016 

2015

3.0% – 6.2% 3.8% – 6.3%
3.0% – 5.0% 2.0% – 5.0%

Financial position and performance
Net defined benefit obligation at 30 September

Present value of obligations

Fair value of plan assets

Net defined benefit obligation

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

387.3 

385.3 

(288.3)

(299.1)

99.0 

86.2 

Maturity profile of the net defined benefit obligation

The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined benefit 
obligation is as follows:

Within next 10 years

Within 10 to 20 years

In excess of 20 years

2016 
$mill

260.4 

181.6 

38.9 

2015 
$mill

248.1 

176.6 

146.3 

Return on plan assets for the year ended 30 September

Actual return on plan assets

Composition of plan assets at 30 September

The percentage invested in each asset class:

Equities
Fixed interest securities
Property
Other

2016 
$mill

24.0

2015 
$mill

5.0

2016

2015

57%
28%
7%
8%

50%
27%
9%
14%

Movements in plan assets/liabilities
Amounts recognised in Other Comprehensive Income

(Losses)/gains arising from  
changes in acturial assumptions

Return on plan assets greater/(less)  
than discount rate
Total recognised in other  
comprehensive income

Notes

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

(36.0)

3.3 

14.1 

(7.8)

(21.9)

(4.5)

Amounts recognised in profit or loss

Net interest expense

Defined benefit superannuation expense

Settlement and curtailment of  
defined benefit plans

(2)

(2)

(3.3)

(4.4)

(3.0)

(2.8)

–

4.1 

Sensitivity analysis
The sensitivity analysis is based on a change in a significant 
actuarial assumption while holding all other assumptions 
constant. The following table summarises how the defined 
benefit obligation as at 30 September 2016 would have 
increased/(decreased) as a result of a change in the respective 
assumption by 1 percentage point: 

Discount rate
Rate of salary increase

1 percent  
increase
(63.7)
20.5 

1 percent  
decrease
79.0 
(19.3)

Key accounting policies
All employees of the Group are entitled to benefits from the 
Group’s superannuation plan on retirement, disability or death 
or can direct the group to make contributions to a defined 
contribution plan of their choice. The Group’s superannuation 
plan has a defined benefit section and a defined contribution 
section. The defined benefit section provides defined lump 
sum benefits based on years of service and final average 
salary. The defined contribution section receives fixed 
contributions from group companies and the Group’s legal or 
constructive obligation is limited to these contributions.
The liability or asset recognised in the balance sheet in respect 
of defined benefit superannuation plans is the present value 
of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting 
period less the fair value of plan assets.
Remeasurement gains and losses arising from experience 
adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are 
recognised in the period in which they occur, directly in other 
comprehensive income. They are included in retained earnings 
in the Statement of Changes in Equity and in the Consolidated 
Statement of Financial Position.
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation 
resulting from plan amendments or curtailments are 
recognised immediately in profit or loss as past service costs. 
Contributions to the defined contribution section of the 
Group’s superannuation fund and other independent defined 
contribution superannuation funds are recognised as an 
expense as they become payable. 

Key estimates and judgments
The present value of the defined benefit obligation at 
the reporting date is based on expected future payments 
arising from membership of the fund. This is calculated 
annually by independent actuaries considering the 
expected future wage and salary levels of employees, 
experience of employee departures and employee 
periods of service.

Expected future payments are discounted using market 
yields on corporate bonds at the reporting date, which 
have terms to maturity and currency that match, as 
closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

78

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

19. Deed of cross guarantee

20. Parent entity disclosure

Entities that are party to a Deed of Cross Guarantee are 
included in note 14. The Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income and the Statement of Financial Position 
for this closed group are shown below: 

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

(Loss)/profit before income tax
Income tax benefit/(expense)
(Loss)/profit for the year

2016 
$mill

 (61.6)
 47.6 
 (14.0)

2015 
$mill

 535.0 
 (150.5)
 384.5 

Retained profits at 1 October
Other movements in retained earnings
Dividend paid

 1,535.0 
 (6.6)
 (194.0)

 1,346.3 
 (1.3)
(194.5)

Retained profits at 30 September

 1,320.4 

 1,535.0 

Throughout the financial year ended 30 September 2016 the 
parent company of the Group was Incitec Pivot Limited.

Parent entity guarantees in respect of debts  
of its subsidiaries

As at 30 September 2016 the Company’s current liabilities 
exceeded its current assets by $135.5m. The parent entity is 
part of a Deed of Cross Guarantee, under which each entity 
guarantees the debt of the others. The Group’s forecast cash 
flows for the next 12 months indicate that it will be able to 
meet current liabilities as and when they fall due. In 
addition, the Group has undrawn financing facilities of 
$804.0m at 30 September 2016 and a cash balance of 
$427.1m.

Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Position

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Inventories
Current tax assets
Other assets
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Trade and other receivables
Other financial assets
Equity accounted investments
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Deferred tax assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Provisions
Other financial liabilities
Current tax liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Interest bearing liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Retirement benefit obligation
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Net assets
Equity
Issued capital
Reserves
Retained earnings
Total equity

79

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

Results of the parent entity

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive loss

2016 
$mill

 130.8 

 (8.9)

2015 
$mill

 438.8 

 (18.1)

Total comprehensive income for the period

 121.9 

 420.7 

Statement of Financial Position

Current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities

Net assets

Share capital 

Reserves

Retained earnings

Total equity

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

  626.5 

 432.8 

 7,154.8 

 7,325.0 

 762.0 

 1,653.4 

 3,560.8 

 3,664.7 

 3,594.0 

 3,660.3 

 3,436.8 

 3,430.9 

 (37.7)

 194.9 

 (35.3)

 264.7 

 3,594.0 

 3,660.3 

Parent entity contingencies and commitments
Contingent liabilities of Incitec Pivot Limited are disclosed in 
note 15.

Capital expenditure – commitments

Contracted but not yet provided  
for and payable:

2016 
$mill

2015 
$mill

Within one year

 0.5 

2.4

Tax consolidation

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident 
entities have formed a tax consolidated group. As a result it 
is taxed as a single entity. The head entity of the tax 
consolidated group is Incitec Pivot Limited.

 70.4 
 383.2 
 9.3 
 299.5 
 1.9 
 14.3 
 778.6 

 337.9 
 4,044.0 
16.2
 2,026.2 
 253.8 
 164.2 
 6,842.3
 7,620.9 

 697.8 

–
 82.1
 4.7 
–

 784.6 

 293.2 
 1,092.0 
 95.9 
 16.1 
 49.5 
 361.5 
 1,908.2 
 2,692.8 
 4,928.1 

 419.2 
 175.2 
 9.1 
 261.5 

–
 12.7 
 877.7 

 134.3 
 4,267.9 
 24.3 
 2,184.8 
 260.9 
 181.4 
 7,053.6 
 7,931.3 

 644.2 
 734.9 
 61.2 
 118.5 
 50.8 
 1,609.6 

 244.6 
 586.0 
 74.5 
 7.3 
 46.8 
 426.3 
 1,385.5 
 2,995.1 
 4,936.2 

 3,436.8 
 170.9 
 1,320.4
 4,928.1 

 3,430.9 
 (29.7)
 1,535.0 
 4,936.2 

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements: Other 
For the year ended 30 September 2016

21. Key management personnel disclosures

22. Auditor’s remuneration

Key management personnel remuneration

2016 
$000

2015 
$000

2016 
$000

2015 
$000

Fees payable to the Group's auditor for 
assurance services

Short-term employee benefits

9,833 

15,896 

Post-employment benefits

Other long-term benefits

Termination benefits

Share-based payments

227 

125 

2,137 

1,278 

267 

200 

–

3,524 

13,600 

19,887 

Audit of the Group's annual report(1)

Audit of subsidiaries(2)

Audit-related assurance services(3)

 927.3 

 610.5 

 167.5 

 927.3 

 608.1 

 167.5 

Total current year assurance services

 1,705.3 

 1,702.9 

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor  
for other services

Other services relating to taxation(4)

 143.4 

 172.7 

40.0

 30.0 

 183.4 

 202.7 

Determination of key management personnel and detailed 
remuneration disclosures are provided in the Remuneration 
Report.

All other services(5)

Total other services

Loans to key management personnel

In the year ended 30 September 2016, there were no loans 
to key management personnel and their related parties 
(2015: nil).

Other key management personnel transactions

The following transactions, entered into during the year and 
prior year with key management personnel, were on terms 
and conditions no more favourable than those available to 
other customers, suppliers and employees:

(1)  The spouse of Mr Fazzino, the Managing Director & Chief 
Executive Officer, is a partner in the accountancy and tax 
firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) from which the 
Group purchased services of $962,735 during the year 
(2015: $6,534,577). Mr Fazzino’s spouse does not 
directly provide these services. Mr Fazzino has not 
engaged PwC at any time for any assignment.

 (2) The spouse of Ms Fagg is a partner in the accountancy 
and tax firm KPMG from which the Group purchased 
services of $494,202 during the year (2015: $443,761). 
Ms Fagg’s spouse does not directly provide these 
services. Ms Fagg was not involved in any engagement 
of KPMG made by the Group.

Total fees paid to Group auditor

 1,888.7 

 1,905.6 

–   Payable to Australian Group auditor firm
–   Payable to International Group auditor 

associates 

 1,339.8 

 1,419.8 

 548.9 

 485.8 

(1)  Comprises the fee payable to the Group’s auditors for the audit of the 

Group’s financial statements.

(2)  Comprises the audits of the Group’s subsidiaries.
(3)  Mainly comprises review of half-year reports.
(4)  Comprises taxation compliance procedures for the Group’s subsidiaries.
(5)  Comprises non-statutory based assurance procedures.

From time to time, the auditors provide other services to the 
Group. These services are subject to strict corporate 
governance procedures which encompass the selection of 
service providers and the setting of their remuneration. The 
Audit and Risk Management Committee must approve 
individual non audit engagements provided by the Group’s 
auditor above a value of $100,000, as well as where the 
aggregate amount exceeds $250,000 per annum.

23. Events subsequent to reporting date

Louisiana ammonia plant

Since the end of the financial year, the Company announced 
the successful completion of the performance testing process 
for its ammonia plant at Waggaman, Louisiana on 19 
October 2016. IPL took over management and operation of 
the ammonia plant effective from this date. The final cash 
cost of the project will be below the budget of US$850m.

Dividends

In November 2016, the directors determined to pay a final 
dividend of 4.6 cents per share on 13 December 2016. This 
dividend is unfranked.

Other than the matters reported on above, the directors 
have not become aware of any other significant matter or 
circumstance that has arisen since the end of the financial 
year, that has affected or may affect the operations of the 
Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs 
of the Group in subsequent years, which has not been 
covered in this report.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

80

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

Directors’ Declaration 
on the Consolidated Financial Statements set out on pages 45 to 80

I, Paul Brasher, being a director of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company), do hereby state in accordance with a resolution of the 
directors that in the opinion of the directors,

1.   (a) 

the consolidated financial statements and notes, set out on pages 45 to 80, and the remuneration disclosures that are  
contained in  the Remuneration Report on pages 24 to 42 of the Directors’ Report, are in accordance with the Corporations  
Act 2001, including:

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the financial position of the Company and the Group as at 30 September 2016 and of  

their  performance, for the year ended on that date; and

  (ii)  complying with Accounting Standards in Australia (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the  

  Corporations Regulations 2001;

(b)   the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed on page 51; and

(c)   there are reasonable grounds to believe the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due  

and payable.

2.   There are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company and the controlled entities identified in Note 14 will be able to 

meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject by virtue of the Deed of Cross Guarantee between 
the Company and those subsidiaries pursuant to ASIC Class Order 98/1418 (as amended).

3.   The directors have been given the declaration by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer as required by 

section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 September 2016.

Paul Brasher
Chairman

Dated at Melbourne this 7th day of November 2016

Note
1

Note
2

Note
3

Note
4

Note
5

Note
6

Note
7

Note
8

Note
9

Note
10

Note
11

Note
12

Note
13

Note
14

Note
15

Note
16

Note
17

Note
18

Note
19

Note
20

Note
21

Note
22

Note
23

81

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu 
ABN 74 490 121 060 

550 Bourke Street 
Melbourne VIC 3000 
GPO Box 78 
Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia 

Tel:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7000
Fax:  +61 (0) 3 9671 7001
www.deloitte.com.au

Independent Auditor’s Report 
to the members of Incitec Pivot Limited 

Report on the Financial Report  

We have audited the accompanying financial report of Incitec Pivot Limited (the Company), which 
comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 September 2016, the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash flows 
and  the  consolidated  statement  of  changes  in  equity  for  the  year  ended  on  that  date,  pages 50 to 81 
comprising a summary  of significant accounting policies and  other  explanatory  information, and the 
directors’ declaration of the consolidated entity, comprising the Company and the entities it controlled 
at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.  

Directors’ Responsibility for the Financial Report 

The  directors of the Company are responsible for the  preparation  of the financial report  that  gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal  control  as the  directors determine  is  necessary to  enable  the preparation  of the 
financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error. On page 51, the 
directors  also  state,  in  accordance  with  Accounting  Standard  AASB  101  Presentation  of  Financial 
Statements, that the financial statements of the consolidated entity comply with International Financial 
Reporting Standards. 

Auditor’s Responsibility 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted 
our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Those standards require that we comply 
with  relevant  ethical  requirements  relating  to  audit  engagements  and  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to 
obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.   

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in  the  financial  report.  The  procedures  selected  depend  on  the  auditor’s  judgement,  including  the 
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. 
In  making  those  risk  assessments,  the  auditor  considers  internal  control,  relevant  to  the  entity’s 
preparation of the financial report that gives a true and fair view, in order to design audit procedures 
that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the  entity’s internal control. An audit also includes  evaluating the appropriateness of 
accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report. 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Member of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our audit opinion. 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

In conducting  our audit, we  have complied  with the independence requirements  of the  Corporations 
Act  2001.  We  confirm  that  the  independence  declaration  required  by  the  Corporations  Act  2001, 
which has been given to the directors of Incitec Pivot Limited, would be in the same terms if given to 
the directors as at the time of this auditor’s report.  

Opinion 

In our opinion: 

(a)  the  financial  report  of  Incitec  Pivot  Limited  is  in  accordance  with  the  Corporations  Act  2001, 

including: 

(i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 September 

2016 and of its performance for the year ended on that date; and 

(ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001; and 

(b)  the  consolidated  financial  statements  also  comply  with  International  Financial  Reporting 

Standards as disclosed in the Basis of Preparation on page 51 of the Financial Report.

Report on the Remuneration Report 

We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 24 to 42
 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 30 September 2016. The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and 
presentation  of  the  Remuneration  Report  in  accordance  with  section  300A  of  the  Corporations  Act 
2001.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Remuneration  Report,  based  on  our  audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. 

Opinion 

In  our  opinion  the  Remuneration  Report  of  Incitec  Pivot  Limited  for  the  year  ended  30  September 
2016, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.  

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU 

Tom Imbesi 
Partner 
Chartered Accountants 
Melbourne, 7 November 2016 

83

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholder Information 
As at 7 November 2016

Distribution of ordinary shareholder and shareholdings

Size of holding

1  

–   1,000

1,001 

–   5,000

5,001 

–   10,000

10,001  –  100,000

100,0001 and over

Total

Number of holders

Percentage

Number of shares

Percentage

11,501

25,796

8,609

7,090

177

53,173

21.64%

48.51%

16.19%

13.33%

0.33%

100.00%

5,407,632

75,113,988

62,854,917

151,725,711

1,392,068,273

1,687,170,521

0.32%

4.45%

3.73%

8.99%

82.51%

100.00%

Included in the above total are 2,294 shareholders holding less than a marketable parcel of shares.
The holdings of the 20 largest holders of fully paid ordinary shares represent 79.79% of that class of shares. 

Twenty largest ordinary fully paid shareholders

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited

National Nominees Limited

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited

BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd  

Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 

Australian Foundation Investment Company Limited

BNP Paribas Nomineess Pty Ltd  

RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

UBS Nominees Pty Ltd

ARGO Investments Limited

Bond Street Custodians Limited 

Bond Street Custodians Limited 

Djerriwarrh Investments Limited

BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd  

Sandhurst Trustees Ltd 

Mirrabooka Investments Limited

AMCIL Limited

Milton Corporation Limited

Total

Substantial shareholders

Number of shares

Percentage

678,728,241

295,370,821

117,985,820

100,858,622

51,769,351

27,087,637

22,029,230

8,691,135

7,760,046

7,724,751

4,560,000

4,095,530

3,607,893

3,187,453

2,931,246

2,360,890

2,072,278

2,037,032

1,727,475

1,610,689

40.22%

17.51%

6.99%

5.98%

3.07%

1.61%

1.31%

0.52%

0.46%

0.46%

0.27%

0.24%

0.21%

0.19%

0.17%

0.14%

0.12%

0.12%

0.10%

0.10%

1,346,196,140

79.79%

The following parties have declared a relevant interest in the number of voting shares at the date of giving the notice under 
Part 6C.1 of the Corporations Act.

Schroder Investment Management Australia Limited

Harris Associates L.P.      

Voting Rights for Ordinary Shares

Votes/Number of shares

106,732,002

 177,053,268

Votes of shareholders are governed by the Company’s Constitution. In broad summary, but without prejudice to the provisions of 
these rules, the Constitution provides for votes to be cast:
(a) on a show of hands, one vote for each shareholder; and
(b) on a poll, one vote for each fully paid share.

Unquoted Equity Securities 

As at 7 November 2016, 5,983,751 performance rights with 10 holders were on issue pursuant to Incitec Pivot Employee 
Incentive Plans.

On-market buy-back

There is no current on-market buy-back.

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

84

 
Five Year Financial Statistics 

Incitec Pivot Limited and its controlled entities 

Sales

Earnings before depreciation, amortisation, net borrowing costs,  
individually material items (IMIs) and tax

Depreciation and amortisation (excluding IMIs) 

Earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax (EBIT)

Net borrowing costs (excluding IMIs)

IMIs before tax

Taxation (expense)/revenue

Operating profit after tax and IMIs

Operating profit/(loss) after tax and IMIs attributable to non-controlling interest

Operating profit after tax and IMIs attributable  
to shareholders of Incitec Pivot Limited

IMIs after tax

Operating profit after tax before IMIs (net of tax)

Dividends

Current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Intangibles

Other non-current assets

Total assets

Current borrowings and payables

Current provisions

Non-current borrowings and payables

Non-current provisions

Total liabilities

Net assets

Shareholders’ equity

Equity attributable to non-controlling interest

Total shareholders’ equity

Ordinary Shares 

2016
$mill

2015
$mill

2014
$mill

2013
$mill

2012 
$mill

3,353.7 

3,643.3 

3,352.0 

3,403.7 

3,500.9 

672.6 

825.6 

742.7 

645.2 

754.9 

(244.5)

428.1 

(50.2)

(241.3)

(7.2)

129.4 

1.3 

(249.1)

576.5 

(68.8)

–

(108.8)

398.9 

0.3 

(223.3)

519.4 

(76.9)

(130.8)

(63.5)

248.2 

1.1 

(183.7)

461.5 

(71.2)

(41.5)

18.9 

367.7 

(155.8)

599.1 

(55.5)

168.1 

(203.7)

508.0 

0.6 

(2.7)

128.1 

398.6 

247.1 

367.1 

510.7 

(167.1)

295.2 

194.0 

1,141.9 

3,892.7 

318.0 

–

398.6 

194.5 

1,343.9 

4,003.6 

323.6 

(109.2)

356.3 

152.0 

833.6 

3,511.4 

291.2 

73.6 

293.5 

203.6 

1,175.2 

3,033.5 

299.1 

106.0 

404.7 

187.3 

1,020.5 

2,738.5 

292.8 

3,170.4 

3,346.3 

2,992.3 

2,961.0 

2,845.2 

143.9 

178.9 

341.7 

215.0 

116.4 

8,666.9 

9,196.3 

7,970.2 

7,683.8 

7,013.4 

955.8 

114.4 

1,809.3 

86.9 

899.6 

90.5 

1,052.4 

108.4 

969.4 

122.8 

2,924.1 

2,518.6 

2,489.5 

2,225.7 

1,815.3 

88.1 

4,082.4 

4,584.5 

4,580.2 

4.3 

93.3 

4,508.1 

4,688.2 

4,685.2 

3.0 

83.6 

3,563.2 

4,407.0 

4,404.3 

2.7 

77.5 

3,464.0 

4,219.8 

4,216.9 

2.9 

74.5 

2,982.0 

4,031.4 

4,029.1 

2.3 

4,584.5 

4,688.2 

4,407.0 

4,219.8 

4,031.4 

thousands

1,687,171 

1,685,657 

1,654,998 

1,628,730 

1,628,730 

Number of shares on issue at year end 

thousands 1,687,171  1,685,657  1,654,998  1,628,730  1,628,730 

Weighted average number of shares on issue (investor and ordinary)  

thousands

1,686,971 

1,673,824 

1,643,970 

1,628,730 

1,628,730 

Earnings per share

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

Dividends (declared)  

Dividends (paid)  

Dividend franking  

Share price range 

Stockmarket capitalisation at year end  

Net tangible assets per share  

Profit margin (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and tax/sales)  

cents

cents

cents

cents

%

High

Low

Year end

17.5 

7.6 

8.7 

11.5 

47 

$4.07

$2.67

$2.82

23.8 

23.8 

11.8 

11.7 

38 

$4.36

$2.70

$3.90

21.7 

15.0 

10.8 

9.3 

31 

$3.20

$2.37

$2.71

18.0 

22.5 

9.2 

12.5 

75 

$3.34

$2.59

$2.69

24.8 

31.4 

12.4 

11.5 

68 

$3.68

$2.62

$2.98

$mill

4,757.8 

6,574.1 

4,485.0 

4,381.3 

4,853.6 

$

%

 0.84 

12.8 

 0.80 

15.8 

 0.85 

15.5 

 0.77 

13.6 

 0.73 

17.1 

Net borrowings (interest bearing liabilities net of cash) 

$mill

1,862.3 

1,947.4 

1,672.4 

1,383.5 

1,286.9 

Gearing (net borrowings/net borrowings plus equity)  

%

28.9 

29.3 

27.5 

24.7 

24.2 

Interest cover (earnings before net borrowing costs, IMIs and  
tax/net borrowing costs) 

Net capital expenditure on plant and equipment (cash flow)  

Net capital expenditure on acquisitions/(disposals) (cash flow)  

Return on average shareholders funds

before IMIs  

including IMIs  

times

$mill

$mill

% 

%

8.5 

434.3 

–

6.4 

2.8 

8.4 

365.8 

–

8.8 

8.8 

6.8 

638.0 

–

8.3 

5.7 

6.5 

428.2 

–

7.1 

8.9 

10.8 

616.6 

35.1 

10.5 

13.1 

85

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Investor Information

Annual General Meeting 

2.00pm (Melbourne time)
Friday, 16 December 2016
The Clarendon Auditorium
Level 2, Melbourne Exhibition Centre
2 Clarendon Street, 
South Wharf, Victoria 
Australia

Securities Exchange Listing 

Incitec Pivot Limited’s shares are listed on the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and
are traded under the ASX code IPL

Share Registry

Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street, 
Sydney New South Wales 2000, 
Australia

Locked Bag A14, 
Sydney South New South Wales 1235, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 1300 303 780 
General Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0303 
Proxy Facsimile: +61 2 9287 0309 
Email: registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au 
Website: www.linkmarketservices.com.au

American Depositary Receipts Registry

C/- BNY Mellon Shareowner Services 
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210  
College Station, TX 77845

Telephone: 1-888-269-2377  
(available from within the United States) 
+1-201-680-6825 
(available from outside the United States)

Email: shrrelations@cpushareownerservices.com   
Website: www.bnymellon.com/shareowner 

Auditor

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu
550 Bourke Street,
Melbourne Victoria 3000,
Australia

Incitec Pivot Limited

Registered address and head office: 
Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile: +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

Incitec Pivot Limited Annual Report 2016

86

Incitec Pivot Limited

ABN 42 004 080 264

Level 8, 28 Freshwater Place, 
Southbank Victoria 3006, 
Australia

Postal Address 
Incitec Pivot Limited 
GPO Box 1322, 
Melbourne Victoria 3001, 
Australia

Telephone: +61 3 8695 4400 
Facsimile:  +61 3 8695 4419 
www.incitecpivot.com.au

This publication has been printed in Australia by a printer that employs a documented ISO 14001 environmental management system and has Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) chain of 
custody certification. The paper used is Monza Recycled which is Certified Carbon Neutral by The Carbon Reduction Institute (CRI) in accordance with the global Greenhouse Protocol and ISO 14040 
framework. Monza Recycled contains 55% recycled fibre and is FSC Mix Certified, which ensures that all virgin pulp is derived from well-managed forests and controlled sources. Monza Recycled is 
manufactured by an ISO 14001 certified mill.